![]() |
NANO100_BSP V3.04.002
The Board Support Package for Nano100BN Series
|
Macros | |
#define | NULL (0) |
NULL pointer. More... | |
#define | TRUE (1) |
Boolean true, define to use in API parameters or return value. More... | |
#define | FALSE (0) |
Boolean false, define to use in API parameters or return value. More... | |
#define | ENABLE (1) |
Enable, define to use in API parameters. More... | |
#define | DISABLE (0) |
Disable, define to use in API parameters. More... | |
#define | BIT0 (0x00000001) |
Bit 0 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT1 (0x00000002) |
Bit 1 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT2 (0x00000004) |
Bit 2 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT3 (0x00000008) |
Bit 3 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT4 (0x00000010) |
Bit 4 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT5 (0x00000020) |
Bit 5 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT6 (0x00000040) |
Bit 6 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT7 (0x00000080) |
Bit 7 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT8 (0x00000100) |
Bit 8 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT9 (0x00000200) |
Bit 9 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT10 (0x00000400) |
Bit 10 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT11 (0x00000800) |
Bit 11 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT12 (0x00001000) |
Bit 12 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT13 (0x00002000) |
Bit 13 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT14 (0x00004000) |
Bit 14 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT15 (0x00008000) |
Bit 15 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT16 (0x00010000) |
Bit 16 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT17 (0x00020000) |
Bit 17 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT18 (0x00040000) |
Bit 18 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT19 (0x00080000) |
Bit 19 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT20 (0x00100000) |
Bit 20 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT21 (0x00200000) |
Bit 21 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT22 (0x00400000) |
Bit 22 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT23 (0x00800000) |
Bit 23 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT24 (0x01000000) |
Bit 24 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT25 (0x02000000) |
Bit 25 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT26 (0x04000000) |
Bit 26 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT27 (0x08000000) |
Bit 27 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT28 (0x10000000) |
Bit 28 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT29 (0x20000000) |
Bit 29 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT30 (0x40000000) |
Bit 30 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BIT31 (0x80000000) |
Bit 31 mask of an 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BYTE0_Msk (0x000000FF) |
Mask to get bit0~bit7 from a 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BYTE1_Msk (0x0000FF00) |
Mask to get bit8~bit15 from a 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BYTE2_Msk (0x00FF0000) |
Mask to get bit16~bit23 from a 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | BYTE3_Msk (0xFF000000) |
Mask to get bit24~bit31 from a 32 bit integer. More... | |
#define | GET_BYTE0(u32Param) ((u32Param & BYTE0_Msk) ) |
#define | GET_BYTE1(u32Param) ((u32Param & BYTE1_Msk) >> 8) |
#define | GET_BYTE2(u32Param) ((u32Param & BYTE2_Msk) >> 16) |
#define | GET_BYTE3(u32Param) ((u32Param & BYTE3_Msk) >> 24) |
Variables | |
__I uint32_t | ADC_T::RESULT [18] |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::CR |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::CHEN |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::CMPR0 |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::CMPR1 |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::SR |
uint32_t | ADC_T::RESERVE0 [1] |
__I uint32_t | ADC_T::PDMA |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::PWRCTL |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::CALCTL |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::CALWORD |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::SMPLCNT0 |
__IO uint32_t | ADC_T::SMPLCNT1 |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::PWRCTL |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::AHBCLK |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::APBCLK |
__I uint32_t | CLK_T::CLKSTATUS |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::CLKSEL0 |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::CLKSEL1 |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::CLKSEL2 |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::CLKDIV0 |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::CLKDIV1 |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::PLLCTL |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::FRQDIV |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::MCLKO |
__IO uint32_t | CLK_T::WK_INTSTS |
__IO uint32_t | DAC_T::CTL0 |
__IO uint32_t | DAC_T::DATA0 |
__IO uint32_t | DAC_T::STS0 |
uint32_t | DAC_T::RESERVE0 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | DAC_T::CTL1 |
__IO uint32_t | DAC_T::DATA1 |
__IO uint32_t | DAC_T::STS1 |
uint32_t | DAC_T::RESERVE1 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | DAC_T::COMCTL |
__IO uint32_t | EBI_T::EBICON |
__IO uint32_t | EBI_T::EXTIME |
__IO uint32_t | FMC_T::ISPCON |
__IO uint32_t | FMC_T::ISPADR |
__IO uint32_t | FMC_T::ISPDAT |
__IO uint32_t | FMC_T::ISPCMD |
__IO uint32_t | FMC_T::ISPTRG |
__I uint32_t | FMC_T::DFBADR |
uint32_t | FMC_T::RESERVE0 [10] |
__IO uint32_t | FMC_T::ISPSTA |
__I uint32_t | SYS_T::PDID |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::RST_SRC |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::IPRST_CTL1 |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::IPRST_CTL2 |
uint32_t | SYS_T::RESERVE0 [4] |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::TEMPCTL |
uint32_t | SYS_T::RESERVE1 [3] |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PA_L_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PA_H_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PB_L_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PB_H_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PC_L_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PC_H_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PD_L_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PD_H_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PE_L_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PE_H_MFP |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PF_L_MFP |
uint32_t | SYS_T::RESERVE2 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::PORCTL |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::BODCTL |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::BODSTS |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::Int_VREFCTL |
uint32_t | SYS_T::RESERVE3 [4] |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::IRCTRIMCTL |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::IRCTRIMIEN |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::IRCTRIMINT |
uint32_t | SYS_T::RESERVE4 [29] |
__IO uint32_t | SYS_T::RegLockAddr |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::PMD |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::OFFD |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::DOUT |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::DMASK |
__I uint32_t | GPIO_T::PIN |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::DBEN |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::IMD |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::IER |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::ISRC |
__IO uint32_t | GPIO_T::PUEN |
__IO uint32_t | GP_DB_T::DBNCECON |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::CON |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::INTSTS |
__I uint32_t | I2C_T::STATUS |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::DIV |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::TOUT |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::DATA |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::SADDR0 |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::SADDR1 |
uint32_t | I2C_T::RESERVE0 [2] |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::SAMASK0 |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::SAMASK1 |
uint32_t | I2C_T::RESERVE1 [4] |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::WKUPCON |
__IO uint32_t | I2C_T::WKUPSTS |
__IO uint32_t | I2S_T::CTRL |
__IO uint32_t | I2S_T::CLKDIV |
__IO uint32_t | I2S_T::INTEN |
__IO uint32_t | I2S_T::STATUS |
__O uint32_t | I2S_T::TXFIFO |
__I uint32_t | I2S_T::RXFIFO |
__I uint32_t | INTR_T::IRQSRC [32] |
__IO uint32_t | INTR_T::NMI_SEL |
__IO uint32_t | INTR_T::MCU_IRQ |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::CTL |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::DISPCTL |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_0 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_1 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_2 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_3 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_4 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_5 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_6 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_7 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_8 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::MEM_9 |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::FCR |
__IO uint32_t | LCD_T::FCSTS |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::CTL |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::DMASAR |
uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::RESERVE0 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::DMABCR |
uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::RESERVE1 [1] |
__I uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::DMACSAR |
uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::RESERVE2 [1] |
__I uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::DMACBCR |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::DMAIER |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::DMAISR |
uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::RESERVE3 [22] |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::WDATA |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::SEED |
__I uint32_t | DMA_CRC_T::CHECKSUM |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_GCR_T::GCRCSR |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_GCR_T::DSSR0 |
__IO uint32_t | DMA_GCR_T::DSSR1 |
__I uint32_t | DMA_GCR_T::GCRISR |
__IO uint32_t | PDMA_T::CSR |
__IO uint32_t | PDMA_T::SAR |
__IO uint32_t | PDMA_T::DAR |
__IO uint32_t | PDMA_T::BCR |
uint32_t | PDMA_T::RESERVE0 [1] |
__I uint32_t | PDMA_T::CSAR |
__I uint32_t | PDMA_T::CDAR |
__I uint32_t | PDMA_T::CBCR |
__IO uint32_t | PDMA_T::IER |
__IO uint32_t | PDMA_T::ISR |
__IO uint32_t | PDMA_T::TCR |
__IO uint32_t | VDMA_T::CSR |
__IO uint32_t | VDMA_T::SAR |
__IO uint32_t | VDMA_T::DAR |
__IO uint32_t | VDMA_T::BCR |
uint32_t | VDMA_T::RESERVE0 [1] |
__I uint32_t | VDMA_T::CSAR |
__I uint32_t | VDMA_T::CDAR |
__I uint32_t | VDMA_T::CBCR |
__IO uint32_t | VDMA_T::IER |
__IO uint32_t | VDMA_T::ISR |
uint32_t | VDMA_T::RESERVE1 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | VDMA_T::SASOCR |
__IO uint32_t | VDMA_T::DASOCR |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::PRES |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::CLKSEL |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::CTL |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::INTEN |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::INTSTS |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::OE |
uint32_t | PWM_T::RESERVE0 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::DUTY0 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::DATA0 |
uint32_t | PWM_T::RESERVE1 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::DUTY1 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::DATA1 |
uint32_t | PWM_T::RESERVE2 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::DUTY2 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::DATA2 |
uint32_t | PWM_T::RESERVE3 [1] |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::DUTY3 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::DATA3 |
uint32_t | PWM_T::RESERVE4 [3] |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::CAPCTL |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::CAPINTEN |
__IO uint32_t | PWM_T::CAPINTSTS |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::CRL0 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::CFL0 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::CRL1 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::CFL1 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::CRL2 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::CFL2 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::CRL3 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::CFL3 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::PDMACH0 |
__I uint32_t | PWM_T::PDMACH2 |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::INIR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::AER |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::FCR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::TLR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::CLR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::TSSR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::DWR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::TAR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::CAR |
__I uint32_t | RTC_T::LIR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::RIER |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::RIIR |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::TTR |
uint32_t | RTC_T::RESERVE0 [2] |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::SPRCTL |
__IO uint32_t | RTC_T::SPR [20] |
__I uint32_t SC_T::RBR | |
__O uint32_t SC_T::THR | |
union { | |
__I uint32_t SC_T::RBR | |
__O uint32_t SC_T::THR | |
}; | |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::CTL |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::ALTCTL |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::EGTR |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::RFTMR |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::ETUCR |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::IER |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::ISR |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::TRSR |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::PINCSR |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::TMR0 |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::TMR1 |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::TMR2 |
__IO uint32_t | SC_T::UACTL |
__I uint32_t | SC_T::TDRA |
__I uint32_t | SC_T::TDRB |
__IO uint32_t | SPI_T::CTL |
__IO uint32_t | SPI_T::STATUS |
__IO uint32_t | SPI_T::CLKDIV |
__IO uint32_t | SPI_T::SSR |
__I uint32_t | SPI_T::RX0 |
__I uint32_t | SPI_T::RX1 |
uint32_t | SPI_T::RESERVE0 [2] |
__O uint32_t | SPI_T::TX0 |
__O uint32_t | SPI_T::TX1 |
uint32_t | SPI_T::RESERVE1 [3] |
__IO uint32_t | SPI_T::VARCLK |
__IO uint32_t | SPI_T::DMA |
__IO uint32_t | SPI_T::FFCTL |
__IO uint32_t | TIMER_T::CTL |
__IO uint32_t | TIMER_T::PRECNT |
__IO uint32_t | TIMER_T::CMPR |
__IO uint32_t | TIMER_T::IER |
__IO uint32_t | TIMER_T::ISR |
__I uint32_t | TIMER_T::DR |
__I uint32_t | TIMER_T::TCAP |
__I uint32_t UART_T::RBR | |
__O uint32_t UART_T::THR | |
union { | |
__I uint32_t UART_T::RBR | |
__O uint32_t UART_T::THR | |
}; | |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::CTL |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::TLCTL |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::IER |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::ISR |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::TRSR |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::FSR |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::MCSR |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::TMCTL |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::BAUD |
uint32_t | UART_T::RESERVE0 [2] |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::IRCR |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::ALT_CTL |
__IO uint32_t | UART_T::FUN_SEL |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_EP_T::BUFSEG |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_EP_T::MXPLD |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_EP_T::CFG |
uint32_t | USBD_EP_T::RESERVE |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_T::CTL |
__I uint32_t | USBD_T::BUSSTS |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_T::INTEN |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_T::INTSTS |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_T::FADDR |
__I uint32_t | USBD_T::EPSTS |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_T::BUFSEG |
__I uint32_t | USBD_T::EPSTS2 |
USBD_EP_T | USBD_T::EP [8] |
uint32_t | USBD_T::RESERVE0 |
__IO uint32_t | USBD_T::PDMA |
__IO uint32_t | WDT_T::CTL |
__IO uint32_t | WDT_T::IER |
__IO uint32_t | WDT_T::ISR |
__O uint32_t | WWDT_T::RLD |
__IO uint32_t | WWDT_T::CR |
__IO uint32_t | WWDT_T::IER |
__IO uint32_t | WWDT_T::STS |
__I uint32_t | WWDT_T::VAL |
NANO100 Legacy Constants
#define BIT0 (0x00000001) |
Bit 0 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11869 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT1 (0x00000002) |
Bit 1 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11870 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT10 (0x00000400) |
Bit 10 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11879 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT11 (0x00000800) |
Bit 11 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11880 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT12 (0x00001000) |
Bit 12 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11881 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT13 (0x00002000) |
Bit 13 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11882 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT14 (0x00004000) |
Bit 14 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11883 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT15 (0x00008000) |
Bit 15 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11884 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT16 (0x00010000) |
Bit 16 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11885 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT17 (0x00020000) |
Bit 17 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11886 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT18 (0x00040000) |
Bit 18 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11887 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT19 (0x00080000) |
Bit 19 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11888 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT2 (0x00000004) |
Bit 2 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11871 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT20 (0x00100000) |
Bit 20 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11889 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT21 (0x00200000) |
Bit 21 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11890 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT22 (0x00400000) |
Bit 22 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11891 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT23 (0x00800000) |
Bit 23 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11892 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT24 (0x01000000) |
Bit 24 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11893 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT25 (0x02000000) |
Bit 25 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11894 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT26 (0x04000000) |
Bit 26 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11895 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT27 (0x08000000) |
Bit 27 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11896 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT28 (0x10000000) |
Bit 28 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11897 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT29 (0x20000000) |
Bit 29 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11898 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT3 (0x00000008) |
Bit 3 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11872 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT30 (0x40000000) |
Bit 30 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11899 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT31 (0x80000000) |
Bit 31 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11900 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT4 (0x00000010) |
Bit 4 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11873 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT5 (0x00000020) |
Bit 5 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11874 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT6 (0x00000040) |
Bit 6 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11875 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT7 (0x00000080) |
Bit 7 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11876 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT8 (0x00000100) |
Bit 8 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11877 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BIT9 (0x00000200) |
Bit 9 mask of an 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11878 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BYTE0_Msk (0x000000FF) |
Mask to get bit0~bit7 from a 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11903 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BYTE1_Msk (0x0000FF00) |
Mask to get bit8~bit15 from a 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11904 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BYTE2_Msk (0x00FF0000) |
Mask to get bit16~bit23 from a 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11905 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define BYTE3_Msk (0xFF000000) |
Mask to get bit24~bit31 from a 32 bit integer.
Definition at line 11906 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define DISABLE (0) |
Disable, define to use in API parameters.
Definition at line 11866 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define ENABLE (1) |
Enable, define to use in API parameters.
Definition at line 11865 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define FALSE (0) |
Boolean false, define to use in API parameters or return value.
Definition at line 11863 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define GET_BYTE0 | ( | u32Param | ) | ((u32Param & BYTE0_Msk) ) |
Extract Byte 0 (Bit 0~ 7) from parameter u32Param
Definition at line 11908 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define GET_BYTE1 | ( | u32Param | ) | ((u32Param & BYTE1_Msk) >> 8) |
Extract Byte 1 (Bit 8~15) from parameter u32Param
Definition at line 11909 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define GET_BYTE2 | ( | u32Param | ) | ((u32Param & BYTE2_Msk) >> 16) |
Extract Byte 2 (Bit 16~23) from parameter u32Param
Definition at line 11910 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define GET_BYTE3 | ( | u32Param | ) | ((u32Param & BYTE3_Msk) >> 24) |
Extract Byte 3 (Bit 24~31) from parameter u32Param
Definition at line 11911 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define NULL (0) |
NULL pointer.
Definition at line 11859 of file Nano100Series.h.
#define TRUE (1) |
Boolean true, define to use in API parameters or return value.
Definition at line 11862 of file Nano100Series.h.
union { ... } SC_T::@1 |
union { ... } UART_T::@3 |
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::AER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | AER | RTC Register Access Enable Password (Write Only) |
Enable RTC access after write 0xA965. Otherwise disable RTC access. | ||
[16] | ENF | RTC Register Access Enable Flag (Read Only) |
1 = RTC register read/write Enabled. | ||
0 = RTC register read/write Disabled. | ||
This bit will be set after AER[15:0] register is load a 0xA965, and be cleared automatically 512 RTC clocks or AER[15:0] is not 0xA965. |
Definition at line 7808 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::AHBCLK |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | GPIO_EN | GPIO Controller Clock Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[1] | DMA_EN | DMA Controller Clock Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[2] | ISP_EN | Flash ISP Controller Clock Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[3] | EBI_EN | EBI Controller Clock Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[4] | SRAM_EN | SRAM Controller Clock Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[5] | TICK_EN | System Tick Clock Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. |
Definition at line 817 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::ALT_CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | LIN_TX_BCNT | LIN TX Break Field Count Register |
The field contains 3-bit LIN TX break field count. | ||
Note: The break field length is LIN_TX_BCNT + 8. | ||
[5:4] | LIN_HEAD_SEL | LIN Header Selection |
00 = The LIN header includes "break field". | ||
01 = The LIN header includes "break field + sync field". | ||
10 = The LIN header includes "break field + sync field + PID field". | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
[6] | LIN_RX_EN | LIN RX Enable |
When LIN RX mode enabled and received a break field or sync field or PID field (Select by LIN_Header_SEL), the controller will generator a interrupt to CPU (INT_LIN) | ||
0 = LIN RX mode Disabled. | ||
1 = LIN RX mode Enabled. | ||
[7] | LIN_TX_EN | LIN TX Header Trigger Enable |
0 = LIN TX Header Trigger Disabled. | ||
1 = LIN TX Header Trigger Enabled. | ||
Note1: When TX header field (break field or break and sync field or break, sync and PID field) transfer operation finished, this bit will be cleared automatically and generate a interrupt to CPU (INT_LIN). | ||
Note2: If user wants to receive transmit data, it recommended to enable LIN_RX_EN bit. | ||
[8] | Bit_ERR_EN | Bit Error Detect Enable |
0 = Bit error detection function Disabled. | ||
1 = Bit error detection Enabled. | ||
Note: In LIN function mode, when bit error occurs, hardware will generate an interrupt to CPU (INT_LIN). | ||
[16] | RS485_NMM | RS-485 Normal Multi-Drop Operation Mode (RS-485 NMM Mode) |
0 = RS-485 Normal Multi-drop Operation mode (NMM) Disabled. | ||
1 = RS-485 Normal Multi-drop Operation mode (NMM) Enabled. | ||
Note: It can't be active in RS-485_AAD Operation mode. | ||
[17] | RS485_AAD | RS-485 Auto Address Detection Operation Mode (RS-485 AAD Mode) |
0 = RS-485 Auto Address Detection Operation mode (AAD) Disabled. | ||
1 = RS-485 Auto Address Detection Operation mode (AAD) Enabled. | ||
Note: It can't be active in RS-485_NMM Operation mode. | ||
[18] | RS485_AUD | RS-485 Auto Direction Mode (RS-485 AUD Mode) |
0 = RS-485 Auto Direction mode (AUD) Disabled. | ||
1 = RS-485 Auto Direction mode (AUD) Enabled. | ||
Note: It can be active in RS-485_AAD or RS-485_NMM operation mode. | ||
[19] | RS485_ADD_EN | RS-485 Address Detection Enable |
This bit is used to enable RS-485 hardware address detection mode. | ||
If hardware detects address byte, and then the controller will set UART_TRSR [RS485_ADDET_F] = "1". | ||
0 = Address detection mode Disabled. | ||
1 = Address detection mode Enabled. | ||
Note: This field is used for RS-485 any operation mode. | ||
[31:24] | ADDR_PID_MATCH | Address / PID Match Value Register |
This field contains the RS-485 address match values in RS-485 Function mode. | ||
This field contains the LIN protected identifier field n LIN Function mode, software fills ID0~ID5 (ADDR_PID_MATCH [5:0]), hardware will calculate P0 and P1. | ||
Note: This field is used for RS-485 auto address detection mode or used for LIN protected identifier field (PID). |
Definition at line 10562 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::ALTCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TX_RST | TX Software Reset |
When TX_RST is set, all the bytes in the transmit buffer and TX internal state machine will be cleared. | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Reset the TX internal state machine and pointers. | ||
Note: This bit will be auto cleared and needs at least 3 SC engine clock cycles. | ||
[1] | RX_RST | RX Software Reset |
When RX_RST is set, all the bytes in the receiver buffer and RX internal state machine will be cleared. | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Reset the RX internal state machine and pointers. | ||
Note: This bit will be auto cleared and needs at least 3 SC engine clock cycles. | ||
[2] | DACT_EN | Deactivation Sequence Generator Enable |
This bit enables SC controller to initiate the card by deactivation sequence | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Deactivation sequence generator Enabled. | ||
Note1: When the deactivation sequence completed, this bit will be cleared automatically and the SC_ISR [INIT_IS] will be set to "1". | ||
Note2: This field will be cleared by TX_RST and RX_RST. | ||
So don't fill this bit, TX_RST, and RX_RST at the same time. | ||
Note3: If SC_CTL [SC_CEN] is not enabled, this filed can not be programmed. | ||
[3] | ACT_EN | Activation Sequence Generator Enable |
This bit enables SC controller to initiate the card by activation sequence | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Activation sequence generator Enabled. | ||
Note1: When the activation sequence completed, this bit will be cleared automatically and the SC_IS [INIT_IS] will be set to "1". | ||
Note2: This field will be cleared by TX_RST and RX_RST, so don't fill this bit, TX_RST, and RX_RST at the same time. | ||
Note3: If SC_CTL [SC_CEN] is not enabled, this filed can not be programmed. | ||
[4] | WARST_EN | Warm Reset Sequence Generator Enable |
This bit enables SC controller to initiate the card by warm reset sequence | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Warm reset sequence generator Enabled. | ||
Note1: When the warm reset sequence completed, this bit will be cleared automatically and the SC_ISR [INIT_IS] will be set to "1". | ||
Note2: This field will be cleared by TX_RST and RX_RST, so don't fill this bit, TX_RST, and RX_RST at the same time. | ||
Note3: If SC_CTL [SC_CEN] is not enabled, this filed can not be programmed. | ||
[5] | TMR0_SEN | Internal Timer0 Start Enable |
This bit enables Timer0 to start counting. | ||
Software can fill "0" to stop it and set "1" to reload and count. | ||
0 = Stops counting. | ||
1 = Starts counting. | ||
Note1: This field is used for internal 24 bit timer when SC_CTL [TMR_SEL] = 01. | ||
Note2: If the operation mode is not in auto-reload mode (SC_TMR0 [26] = "0"), this bit will be auto-cleared by hardware. | ||
Note3: This field will be cleared by TX_RST and RX_RST. | ||
So don't fill this bit, TX_RST and RX_RST at the same time. | ||
Note4: If SC_CTL [SC_CEN] is not enabled, this filed can not be programmed. | ||
[6] | TMR1_SEN | Internal Timer1 Start Enable |
This bit enables Timer "1" to start counting. | ||
Software can fill 0 to stop it and set "1" to reload and count. | ||
0 = Stops counting. | ||
1 = Starts counting. | ||
Note1: This field is used for internal 8-bit timer when SC_CTL [TMR_SEL] = 01 or 10. | ||
Don't filled TMR1_SEN when SC_CTL [TMR_SEL] = 00 or 11. | ||
Note2: If the operation mode is not in auto-reload mode (SC_TMR1 [26] = "0"), this bit will be auto-cleared by hardware. | ||
Note3: This field will be cleared by TX_RST and RX_RST, so don't fill this bit, TX_RST, and RX_RST at the same time. | ||
Note4: If SC_CTL [SC_CEN] is not enabled, this filed can not be programmed. | ||
[7] | TMR2_SEN | Internal Timer2 Start Enable |
This bit enables Timer2 to start counting. | ||
Software can fill "0" to stop it and set "1" to reload and count. | ||
0 = Stops counting. | ||
1 = Starts counting. | ||
Note1: This field is used for internal 8-bit timer when SC_CTL [TMR_SEL] == 11. | ||
Don't filled TMR2_SEN when SC_CTL [TMR_SEL] == 00 or 01 or 10. | ||
Note2: If the operation mode is not in auto-reload mode (SC_TMR2 [26] = "0"), this bit will be auto-cleared by hardware. | ||
Note3: This field will be cleared by TX_RST and RX_RST. | ||
So don't fill this bit, TX_RST, and RX_RST at the same time. | ||
Note4: If SC_CTL [SC_CEN] is not enabled, this filed can not be programmed. | ||
[9:8] | INIT_SEL | Initial Timing Selection |
This field indicates the timing of hardware initial state (activation or warm-reset or deactivation). | ||
[12] | RX_BGT_EN | Receiver Block Guard Time Function Enable |
0 = Receiver block guard time function Disabled. | ||
1 = Receiver block guard time function Enabled. | ||
[13] | TMR0_ATV | Internal Timer0 Active State (Read Only) |
This bit indicates the timer counter status of timer0. | ||
0 = Timer0 is not active. | ||
1 = Timer0 is active. | ||
[14] | TMR1_ATV | Internal Timer1 Active State (Read Only) |
This bit indicates the timer counter status of timer1. | ||
0 = Timer1 is not active. | ||
1 = Timer1 is active. | ||
[15] | TMR2_ATV | Internal Timer2 Active State (Read Only) |
This bit indicates the timer counter status of timer2. | ||
0 = Timer2 is not active. | ||
1 = Timer2 is active. |
Definition at line 8478 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::APBCLK |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | WDT_EN | Watchdog Timer Clock Enable Control |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
This bit is used to control the WDT APB clock only, The WDT engine Clock Source is from LIRC. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[1] | RTC_EN | Real-Time-Clock Clock Enable Control |
This bit is used to control the RTC APB clock only, The RTC engine Clock Source is from LXT. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[2] | TMR0_EN | Timer0 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[3] | TMR1_EN | Timer1 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[4] | TMR2_EN | Timer2 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[5] | TMR3_EN | Timer3 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[6] | FDIV_EN | Frequency Divider Output Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[7] | SC2_EN | SmartCard 2 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[8] | I2C0_EN | I2C0 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[9] | I2C1_EN | I2C1 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[12] | SPI0_EN | SPI0 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[13] | SPI1_EN | SPI1 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[14] | SPI2_EN | SPI2 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[16] | UART0_EN | UART0 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[17] | UART1_EN | UART1 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[20] | PWM0_CH01_EN | PWM0 Channel 0 And Channel 1Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[21] | PWM0_CH23_EN | PWM0 Channel 2 And Channel 3 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[22] | PWM1_CH01_EN | PWM1 Channel 0 And Channel 1 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[23] | PWM1_CH23_EN | PWM1 Channel 2 And Channel 3 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[25] | DAC_EN | 12-Bit DAC Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[26] | LCD_EN | LCD Controller Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[27] | USBD_EN | USB FS Device Controller Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[28] | ADC_EN | Analog-Digital-Converter (ADC) Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[29] | I2S_EN | I2S Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[30] | SC0_EN | SmartCard 0 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[31] | SC1_EN | SmartCard 1 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. |
Definition at line 908 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::BAUD |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | BRD | Baud Rate Divider |
[31] | DIV_16_EN | Divider 16 Enable |
The BRD = Baud Rate Divider, and the baud rate equation is Baud Rate = UART_CLK/ [16 * (BRD + 1)]; The default value of M is 16. | ||
0 = The equation of baud rate is UART_CLK / [ (BRD+1)]. | ||
1 = The equation of baud rate is UART_CLK / [16 * (BRD+1)]. | ||
Note: In IrDA mode, this bit must disable. |
Definition at line 10487 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PDMA_T::BCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | PDMA_BCR | PDMA Transfer Byte Count Register |
This field indicates a 16-bit transfer byte count of PDMA. | ||
Note: In Memory-to-memory (PDMA_CSR [MODE_SEL] = 00) mode, the transfer byte count must be word alignment. |
Definition at line 6000 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t VDMA_T::BCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | VDMA_BCR | VDMA Transfer Byte Count Register |
This field indicates a 16-bit transfer byte count of VDMA. | ||
Note: In Stride Enable mode (VDMA_CSR [10] = "0"]), the transfer byte count (VDMA_BCR) must be an integer multiple of STBC (VDMA_SASOCR [31:16]). |
Definition at line 6185 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::BODCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | BOD17_EN | Brown-Out Detector 1.7V Function Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
The default value is set by flash controller user configuration register config0 bit[20:19] | ||
Users can disable BOD17_EN but it takes effective (disabled) only in Power-down mode. | ||
Once existing Power-down mode, BOD17 will be enabled by HW automatically. | ||
When CPU reads this bit, CPU will read whether BOD17 function enabled or not. | ||
In other words,CPU will always read high. | ||
0 = Brown-out Detector 1.7V function Disabled. | ||
1 = Brown-out Detector 1.7V function Enabled. | ||
[1] | BOD20_EN | Brown-Out Detector 2.0 V Function Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Brown-out Detector 2.0 V function Disabled. | ||
1 = Brown-out Detector 2.0 V function Enabled. | ||
BOD20_EN is default on. | ||
If SW disables it, Brown-out Detector 2.0 V function is not disabled until chip enters power-down mode. | ||
If system is not in power-down mode, BOD20_EN will be enabled by hardware automatically. | ||
[2] | BOD25_EN | Brown-Out Detector 2.5 V Function Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Brown-out Detector 2.5 V function Disabled. | ||
1 = Brown-out Detector 2.5 V function Enabled. | ||
[4] | BOD17_RST_EN | BOD 1.7 V Reset Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Reset does not issue when BOD17 occurs. | ||
1 = Reset issues when BOD17 occurs. | ||
The default value is set by flash controller user configuration register config0 bit[20:19] | ||
BOD17_RST_EN can be controlled (enable or disable) only when BOD17_EN is high. | ||
[5] | BOD20_RST_EN | BOD 2.0 V Reset Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Reset does not issue when BOD20 occurs. | ||
1 = Reset issues when BOD20 occurs. | ||
The default value is set by flash controller user configuration register config0 bit[20:19] | ||
[6] | BOD25_RST_EN | BOD 2.5 V Reset Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Reset does not issue when BOD25 occurs. | ||
1 = Reset issues when BOD25 occurs. | ||
The default value is set by flash controller user configuration register config0 bit[20:19] | ||
[8] | BOD17_INT_EN | BOD 1.7 V Interrupt Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Interrupt does not issue when BOD17 occurs. | ||
1 = Interrupt issues when BOD17 occurs. | ||
[9] | BOD20_INT_EN | BOD 2.0 V Interrupt Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Interrupt does not issue when BOD20 occurs. | ||
1 = Interrupt issues when BOD20 occurs. | ||
[10] | BOD25_INT_EN | BOD 2.5 V Interrupt Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Interrupt does not issue when BOD25 occurs. | ||
1 = Interrupt issues when BOD25 occurs. |
Definition at line 2774 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::BODSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | BOD_INT | Brown-Out Detector Interrupt Status |
1 = When Brown-out Detector detects the VDD is dropped down through the target detected voltage or the VDD is raised up through the target detected voltage and Brown-out interrupt is enabled, this bit will be set to 1. | ||
0 = Brown-out Detector does not detect any voltage drift at VDD down through or up through the target detected voltage after interrupt is enabled. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1 to itself. | ||
[1] | BOD17_drop | Brown-Out Detector Lower Than 1.7V Status |
Setting BOD17_drop high means once the detected voltage is lower than target detected voltage setting (1.7V). | ||
Software can write 1 to clear BOD17_drop. | ||
[2] | BOD20_drop | Brown-Out Detector Lower Than 2.0V Status |
Setting BOD20_drop high means once the detected voltage is lower than target detected voltage setting (2.0V). | ||
Software can write 1 to clear BOD20_drop. | ||
[3] | BOD25_drop | Brown-Out Detector Lower Than 2.5V Status |
Setting BOD25_drop high means once the detected voltage is lower than target detected voltage setting (2.5V). | ||
Software can write 1 to clear BOD25_drop. | ||
[4] | BOD17_rise | Brown-Out Detector Higher Than 1.7V Status |
Setting BOD17_rise high means once the detected voltage is higher than target detected voltage setting (1.7V). | ||
Software can write 1 to clear BOD17_rise. | ||
[5] | BOD20_rise | Brown-Out Detector Higher Than 2.0V Status |
Setting BOD20_rise high means once the detected voltage is higher than target detected voltage setting (2.0V). | ||
Software can write 1 to clear BOD20_rise. | ||
[6] | BOD25_rise | Brown-Out Detector Higher Than 2.5V Status |
Setting BOD25_rise high means once the detected voltage is higher than target detected voltage setting (2.5V). | ||
Software can write 1 to clear BOD25_rise. |
Definition at line 2806 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_EP_T::BUFSEG |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[8:3] | BUFSEG | It Is Used To Define The Offset Address For Each Endpoint With The USB SRAM Starting Address Its physical address is USB_SRAM address + {BUFSEG[5:0], 000}; where the USB_SRAM = USB_BASE + 0x100h. |
Refer to the section 5.4.3.3 for the endpoint SRAM structure and its description. |
Definition at line 10853 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_T::BUFSEG |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[8:3] | BUFSEG | This Register Is Used For Setup Token Only |
It is used to define the offset address for the Setup Token with the USB SRAM starting address. | ||
Its physical address is USB_SRAM address + {BUFSEG[5:0], 000} where the USB_SRAM = USB_BASE + 0x100h. |
Definition at line 11107 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t USBD_T::BUSSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | USBRST | USB Reset Status |
1 = Bus reset when SE0 (single-ended 0) more than 2.5uS. It is read only. | ||
[1] | SUSPEND | Suspend Status |
1 = Bus idle more than 3 ms, either cable is plugged off or host is sleeping. It is read only. | ||
[2] | RESUME | Resume Status |
1 = Resume from suspend. It is read only. | ||
[3] | TIMEOUT | Time-Out Flag |
1 = Bus no any response more than 18 bits time. It is read only. | ||
[4] | FLDET | Device Floating Detection |
0 = The controller didn't attach into the USB. | ||
1 = When the controller is attached into the USB, this bit will be set as "1". |
Definition at line 10971 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::CALCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CALEN | Calibration Function Enable |
Enable this bit to turn on the calibration function block. | ||
0 = Disable | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[1] | CALSTART | Calibration Functional Block Start |
0 = Stops calibration functional block. | ||
1 = Starts calibration functional block. | ||
Note: This bit is set by SW and clear by HW; don't write 1 to this bit while CALEN = 0. | ||
[2] | CALDONE | Calibrate Functional Block Complete |
0 = Not yet. | ||
1 = Selected functional block complete. | ||
[3] | CALSEL | Select Calibration Functional Block |
0 = Load calibration functional block. | ||
1 = Calibration functional block. |
Definition at line 499 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::CALWORD |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[6:0] | CALWORD | Calibration Word Register |
Write to this register with the previous calibration word before load calibration action | ||
Read this register after calibration done | ||
Note: The calibration block contains two parts "CALIBRATION" and "LOAD CALIBRATION"; if the calibration block is config as "CALIBRATION"; then this register represent the result of calibration when calibration is completed; if config as "LOAD CALIBRATION" ; config this register before loading calibration action, after loading calibration complete, the loaded calibration word will apply to the ADC;while in loading calibration function the loaded value will not be equal to the original CALWORD until calibration is done. |
Definition at line 513 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::CAPCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | INV0 | Channel 0 Inverter ON/OFF |
0 = Inverter OFF. | ||
1 = Inverter ON. Reverse the input signal from GPIO before fed to Capture timer | ||
[1] | CAPCH0EN | Capture Channel 0 Transition Enable/Disable |
0 = Capture function on channel 0 Disabled. | ||
1 = Capture function on channel 0 Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, Capture latched the PWM-timer value and saved to PWM_CRL0 (Rising latch) and PWM_CFL0 (Falling latch). | ||
When Disabled, Capture does not update PWM_CRL0 and PWM_CFL0, and disable Channel 0 Interrupt. | ||
[2] | CAPCH0PADEN | Capture Input Enable |
0 = OFF. | ||
1 = ON. | ||
[3] | CH0PDMAEN | Channel 0 PDMA Enable |
0 = Channel 0 PDMA function Disabled. | ||
1 = Channel 0 PDMA function Enabled for the channel 0 captured data and transfer to memory. | ||
[5:4] | PDMACAPMOD0 | Select CRL0 Or CFL0 For PDMA Transfer |
00 = Reserved. | ||
01 = CRL0. | ||
10 = CFL0. | ||
11 = Both CRL0 and CFL0. | ||
[6] | CAPRELOADREN0 | Reload CNR0 When CH0 Capture Rising Event Comes |
0 = Rising capture reload for CH0 Disabled. | ||
1 = Rising capture reload for CH0 Enabled. | ||
[7] | CAPRELOADFEN0 | Reload CNR0 When CH0 Capture Falling Event Comes |
0 = Falling capture reload for CH0 Disabled. | ||
1 = Falling capture reload for CH0 Enabled. | ||
[8] | INV1 | Channel 1 Inverter ON/OFF |
0 = Inverter OFF. | ||
1 = Inverter ON. Reverse the input signal from GPIO before fed to Capture timer | ||
[9] | CAPCH1EN | Capture Channel 1 Transition Enable/Disable |
0 = Capture function on channel 1 Disabled. | ||
1 = Capture function on channel 1 Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, Capture latched the PMW-counter and saved to PWM_CRL1 (Rising latch) and PWM_CFL1 (Falling latch). | ||
When Disabled, Capture does not update PWM_CRL1 and PWM_CFL1, and disable Channel 1 Interrupt. | ||
[10] | CAPCH1PADEN | Capture Input Enable |
0 = OFF. | ||
1 = ON. | ||
[12] | CH0RFORDER | Channel 0 capture order control |
Set this bit to determine whether the PWM_CRL0 or PWM_CFL0 is the first captured data transferred to memory through PDMA when PDMACAPMOD0 =2'b11. | ||
0 = PWM_CFL0 is the first captured data to memory. | ||
1 = PWM_CRL0 is the first captured data to memory. | ||
[13] | CH01CASK | Cascade channel 0 and channel 1 PWM timer for capturing usage |
[14] | CAPRELOADREN1 | Reload CNR1 When CH1 Capture Rising Event Comes |
0 = Rising capture reload for CH1 Disabled. | ||
1 = Rising capture reload for CH1 Enabled. | ||
[15] | CAPRELOADFEN1 | Reload CNR1 When CH1 Capture Falling Event Coming |
0 = Capture falling reload for CH1 Disabled. | ||
1 = Capture falling reload for CH1 Enabled. | ||
[16] | INV2 | Channel 2 Inverter ON/OFF |
0 = Inverter OFF. | ||
1 = Inverter ON. Reverse the input signal from GPIO before fed to Capture timer | ||
[17] | CAPCH2EN | Capture Channel 2 Transition Enable/Disable |
0 = Capture function on channel 2 Disabled. | ||
1 = Capture function on channel 2 Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, Capture latched the PWM-timer value and saved to PWM_CRL2 (Rising latch) and PWM_CFL2 (Falling latch). | ||
When Disabled, Capture does not update PWM_CRL2 and PWM_CFL2, and disable Channel 2 Interrupt. | ||
[18] | CAPCH2PADEN | Capture Input Enable |
0 = OFF. | ||
1 = ON. | ||
[19] | CH2PDMAEN | Channel 2 PDMA Enable |
0 = Channel 2 PDMA function Disabled. | ||
1 = Channel 2 PDMA function Enabled for the channel 2 captured data and transfer to memory. | ||
[21:20] | PDMACAPMOD2 | Select CRL2 Or CFL2 For PDMA Transfer |
00 = Reserved. | ||
01 = CRL2. | ||
10 = CFL2. | ||
11 = Both CRL2 and CFL2. | ||
[22] | CAPRELOADREN2 | Reload CNR2 When CH2 Capture Rising Event Coming |
0 = Rising capture reload for CH2 Disabled. | ||
1 = Rising capture reload for CH2 Enabled. | ||
[23] | CAPRELOADFEN2 | Reload CNR2 When CH2 Capture Failing Event Coming |
0 = Failing capture reload for CH2 Disabled. | ||
1 = Failing capture reload for CH2 Enabled. | ||
[24] | INV3 | Channel 3 Inverter ON/OFF |
0 = Inverter OFF. | ||
1 = Inverter ON. Reverse the input signal from GPIO before fed to Capture timer | ||
[25] | CAPCH3EN | Capture Channel 3 Transition Enable/Disable |
0 = Capture function on channel 3 Disabled. | ||
1 = Capture function on channel 3 Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, Capture latched the PMW-timer and saved to PWM_CRL3 (Rising latch) and PWM_CFL3 (Falling latch). | ||
When Disabled, Capture does not update PWM_CRL3 and PWM_CFL3, and disable Channel 3 Interrupt. | ||
[26] | CAPCH3PADEN | Capture Input Enable |
0 = OFF. | ||
1 = ON. | ||
[28] | CH2RFORDER | Channel 0 capture order control |
Set this bit to determine whether the PWM_CRL2 or PWM_CFL2 is the first captured data transferred to memory through PDMA when PDMACAPMOD2 = 2'b11. | ||
0 = PWM_CFL2 is the first captured data to memory. | ||
1 = PWM_CRL2 is the first captured data to memory. | ||
[29] | CH23CASK | Cascade channel 2 and channel 3 PWM counter for capturing usage |
[30] | CAPRELOADREN3 | Reload CNR3 When CH3 Rising Capture Event Comes |
0 = Rising capture reload for CH3 Disabled. | ||
1 = Rising capture reload for CH3 Enabled. | ||
[31] | CAPRELOADFEN3 | Reload CNR3 When CH3 Falling Capture Event Comes |
0 = Falling capture reload for CH3 Disabled. | ||
1 = Falling capture reload for CH3 Enabled. |
Definition at line 7085 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::CAPINTEN |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CRL_IE0 | Channel 0 Rising Latch Interrupt Enable ON/OFF |
0 = Rising latch interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Rising latch interrupt Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, if Capture detects Channel 0 has rising transition, Capture issues an Interrupt. | ||
[1] | CFL_IE0 | Channel 0 Falling Latch Interrupt Enable ON/OFF |
0 = Falling latch interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Falling latch interrupt Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, if Capture detects Channel 0 has falling transition, Capture issues an Interrupt. | ||
[8] | CRL_IE1 | Channel 1 Rising Latch Interrupt Enable |
0 = Rising latch interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Rising latch interrupt Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, if Capture detects Channel 1 has rising transition, Capture issues an Interrupt. | ||
[9] | CFL_IE1 | Channel 1 Falling Latch Interrupt Enable |
0 = Falling latch interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Falling latch interrupt Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, if Capture detects Channel 1 has falling transition, Capture issues an Interrupt. | ||
[16] | CRL_IE2 | Channel 2 Rising Latch Interrupt Enable ON/OFF |
0 = Rising latch interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Rising latch interrupt Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, if Capture detects Channel 2 has rising transition, Capture issues an Interrupt. | ||
[17] | CFL_IE2 | Channel 2 Falling Latch Interrupt Enable ON/OFF |
0 = Falling latch interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Falling latch interrupt Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, if Capture detects Channel 2 has falling transition, Capture issues an Interrupt. | ||
[24] | CRL_IE3 | Channel 3 Rising Latch Interrupt Enable ON/OFF |
0 = Rising latch interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Rising latch interrupt Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, if Capture detects Channel 3 has rising transition, Capture issues an Interrupt. | ||
[25] | CFL_IE3 | Channel 3 Falling Latch Interrupt Enable ON/OFF |
0 = Falling latch interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Falling latch interrupt Enabled. | ||
When Enabled, if Capture detects Channel 3 has falling transition, Capture issues an Interrupt. |
Definition at line 7127 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::CAPINTSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CAPIF0 | Capture0 Interrupt Indication Flag |
If channel 0 rising latch interrupt is enabled (CRL_IE0 =1), a rising transition occurs at input channel 0 will result in CAPIF0 to high; Similarly, a falling transition will cause CAPIF0 to be set high if channel 0 falling latch interrupt is enabled (CFL_IE0 =1). | ||
This flag is cleared by software with a write 1 on it. | ||
[1] | CRLI0 | PWM_CRL0 Latched Indicator Bit |
When input channel 0 has a rising transition, PWM0_CRL0 was latched with the value of PWM down-counter and this bit is set by hardware, software can clear this bit by writing 1 to it. | ||
[2] | CFLRI0 | PWM_CFL0 Latched Indicator Bit |
When input channel 0 has a falling transition, PWM0_CFL0 was latched with the value of PWM down-counter and this bit is set by hardware, software can clear this bit by writing 1 to it. | ||
[3] | CAPOVR0 | Capture Rising Flag Over Run For Channel 0 |
This flag indicate CRL0 update faster than software reading it when it is set | ||
This bit will be cleared automatically when user clears CRLI0 bit 1 of PWM_CAPINTSTS. | ||
[4] | CAPOVF0 | Capture Falling Flag Over Run For Channel 0 |
This flag indicate CFL0 update faster than software read it when it is set | ||
This bit will be cleared automatically when user clear CFLI0 bit 2 of PWM_CAPINTSTS | ||
[8] | CAPIF1 | Capture1 Interrupt Indication Flag |
If channel 1 rising latch interrupt is enabled (CRL_IE1 =1), a rising transition occurs at input channel 1 will result in CAPIF1 to high; Similarly, a falling transition will cause CAPIF1 to be set high if channel 1 falling latch interrupt is enabled (CFL_IE1 =1). | ||
This flag is cleared by software with a write 1 on it. | ||
[9] | CRLI1 | PWM_CRL1 Latched Indicator Bit |
When input channel 1 has a rising transition, PWM_CRL1 was latched with the value of PWM down-counter and this bit is set by hardware, software can clear this bit by writing 1 to it. | ||
[10] | CFLI1 | PWM_CFL1 Latched Indicator Bit |
When input channel 1 has a falling transition, PWM_CFL1 was latched with the value of PWM down-counter and this bit is set by hardware, software can clear this bit by writing 1 to it. | ||
[11] | CAPOVR1 | Capture Rising Flag Over Run For Channel 1 |
This flag indicate CRL1 update faster than software reading it when it is set | ||
This bit will be cleared automatically when user clear CRLI1 bit 9 of PWM_CAPINTSTS | ||
[12] | CAPOVF1 | Capture Falling Flag Over Run For Channel 1 |
This flag indicate CFL1 update faster than software reading it when it is set | ||
This bit will be cleared automatically when user clear CFLI1 bit 10 of PWM_CAPINTSTS | ||
[16] | CAPIF2 | Capture2 Interrupt Indication Flag |
If channel 2 rising latch interrupt is enabled (CRL_IE2=1), a rising transition occurs at input channel 2 will result in CAPIF2 to high; Similarly, a falling transition will cause CAPIF2 to be set high if channel 2 falling latch interrupt is enabled (CFL_IE2=1). | ||
This flag is cleared by software with a write 1 on it. | ||
[17] | CRLI2 | PWM_CRL2 Latched Indicator Bit |
When input channel 2 has a rising transition, PWM0_CRL2 was latched with the value of PWM down-counter and this bit is set by hardware, software can clear this bit by writing 1 to it. | ||
[18] | CFLI2 | PWM_CFL2 Latched Indicator Bit |
When input channel 2 has a falling transition, PWM0_CFL2 was latched with the value of PWM down-counter and this bit is set by hardware, software can clear this bit by writing 1 to it. | ||
[19] | CAPOVR2 | Capture Rising Flag Over Run For Channel 2 |
This flag indicate CRL2 update faster than software reading it when it is set | ||
This bit will be cleared automatically when user clear CRLI2 bit 17 of PWM_CAPINTSTS | ||
[20] | CAPOVF2 | Capture Falling Flag Over Run For Channel 2 |
This flag indicate CFL2 update faster than software reading it when it is set | ||
This bit will be cleared automatically when user clear CFLI2 bit 18 of PWM_CAPINTSTS | ||
[24] | CAPIF3 | Capture3 Interrupt Indication Flag |
If channel 3 rising latch interrupt is enabled (CRL_IE3 =1), a rising transition occurs at input channel 3 will result in CAPIF3 to high; Similarly, a falling transition will cause CAPIF3 to be set high if channel 3 falling latch interrupt is enabled (CFL_IE3=1). | ||
This flag is cleared by software with a write 1 on it. | ||
[25] | CRLI3 | PWM_CRL3 Latched Indicator Bit |
When input channel 3 has a rising transition, PWM_CRL3 was latched with the value of PWM down-counter and this bit is set by hardware, software can clear this bit by writing 1 to it. | ||
[26] | CFLI3 | PWM_CFL3 Latched Indicator Bit |
When input channel 3 has a falling transition, PWM_CFL3 was latched with the value of PWM down-counter and this bit is set by hardware, software can clear this bit by writing 1 to it. | ||
[27] | CAPOVR3 | Capture Rising Flag Over Run For Channel 3 |
This flag indicate CRL3update faster than software reading it when it is set | ||
This bit will be cleared automatically when user clear CRLI3 bit 25 of PWM_CAPINTSTS | ||
[28] | CAPOVF3 | Capture Falling Flag Over Run For Channel 3 |
This flag indicate CFL3 update faster than software reading it when it is set | ||
This bit will be cleared automatically when user clear CFLI3 bit 26 of PWM_CAPINTSTS |
Definition at line 7189 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::CAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | 1DAY | 1 Day Calendar Digit of Alarm Setting (0~9) |
[5:4] | 10DAY | 10 Day Calendar Digit of Alarm Setting (0~3) |
[11:8] | 1MON | 1 Month Calendar Digit of Alarm Setting (0~9) |
[12] | 10MON | 10 Month Calendar Digit of Alarm Setting (0~1) |
[19:16] | 1YEAR | 1 Year Calendar Digit of Alarm Setting (0~9) |
[23:20] | 10YEAR | 10 Year Calendar Digit of Alarm Setting (0~9) |
Definition at line 7934 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PDMA_T::CBCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[23:0] | PDMA_CBCR | PDMA Current Byte Count Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the current remained byte count of PDMA. | ||
Note: These fields will be changed when PDMA finish data transfer (data transfer to destination address), |
Definition at line 6039 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t VDMA_T::CBCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | VDMA_CBCR | VDMA Current Byte Count Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the current remained byte count of VDMA. |
Definition at line 6223 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PDMA_T::CDAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | PDMA_CDAR | PDMA Current Destination Address Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the destination address where the PDMA transfer is just occurring. |
Definition at line 6026 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t VDMA_T::CDAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | VDMA_CDAR | VDMA Current Destination Address Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the destination address where the VDMA transfer is just occurring. |
Definition at line 6211 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_EP_T::CFG |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | EP_NUM | Endpoint Number |
These bits are used to define the endpoint number of the current endpoint | ||
[4] | ISOCH | Isochronous Endpoint |
This bit is used to set the endpoint as Isochronous endpoint, no handshake. | ||
[6:5] | EPMODE | Endpoint Mode |
00 = Endpoint is disabled. | ||
01 = Out endpoint. | ||
10 = IN endpoint. | ||
11 = Undefined. | ||
[7] | DSQ_SYNC | Data Sequence Synchronization |
0 = DATA0 PID. | ||
1 = DATA1 PID. | ||
It is used to specify the DATA0 or DATA1 PID in the current transaction. | ||
It will toggle automatically in IN token after host response ACK. | ||
In the other tokens, the user shall take care of it to confirm the right PID in its transaction. | ||
[8] | CSTALL | Clear STALL Response |
0 = Disable the device to clear the STALL handshake in setup stage. | ||
1 = Clear the device to response STALL handshake in setup stage. | ||
[9] | SSTALL | Set STALL Response |
0 = Disable the device to response STALL. | ||
1 = Set the device to respond STALL automatically. | ||
[15] | CLRRDY | Clear Ready |
When the USBD_MXPLDx register is set by user, it means that the endpoint is ready to transmit or receive data. | ||
If the user wants to disable this transaction before the transaction start, users can set this bit to 1 to disable it and it is auto clear to 0. | ||
For IN token, write '1' to clear the IN token had ready to transmit the data to USB. | ||
For OUT token, write '1' to clear the OUT token had ready to receive the data from USB. | ||
This bit is write 1 only and is always 0 when it is read back. |
Definition at line 10910 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::CFL0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CFL15_0 | Capture Falling Latch Register |
Latch the PWM counter when Channel 01/2/3 has Falling transition. | ||
[31:16] | CFL31_16 | Upper Half Word Of 32-Bit Capture Data When Cascade Enabled |
When cascade is enabled for capture channel 0, 2, the original 16 bit counter extend to 32 bit, and capture result CFL0 and CFL2 are also extend to 32 bit. |
Definition at line 7217 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::CFL1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CFL15_0 | Capture Falling Latch Register |
Latch the PWM counter when Channel 01/2/3 has Falling transition. | ||
[31:16] | CFL31_16 | Upper Half Word Of 32-Bit Capture Data When Cascade Enabled |
When cascade is enabled for capture channel 0, 2, the original 16 bit counter extend to 32 bit, and capture result CFL0 and CFL2 are also extend to 32 bit. |
Definition at line 7245 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::CFL2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CFL15_0 | Capture Falling Latch Register |
Latch the PWM counter when Channel 01/2/3 has Falling transition. | ||
[31:16] | CFL31_16 | Upper Half Word Of 32-Bit Capture Data When Cascade Enabled |
When cascade is enabled for capture channel 0, 2, the original 16 bit counter extend to 32 bit, and capture result CFL0 and CFL2 are also extend to 32 bit. |
Definition at line 7273 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::CFL3 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CFL15_0 | Capture Falling Latch Register |
Latch the PWM counter when Channel 01/2/3 has Falling transition. | ||
[31:16] | CFL31_16 | Upper Half Word Of 32-Bit Capture Data When Cascade Enabled |
When cascade is enabled for capture channel 0, 2, the original 16 bit counter extend to 32 bit, and capture result CFL0 and CFL2 are also extend to 32 bit. |
Definition at line 7301 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::CHECKSUM |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | CRC_CHECKSUM | CRC Checksum Register |
This field indicates the CRC checksum |
Definition at line 5754 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::CHEN |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CHEN0 | Analog Input Channel 0 Enable (Convert Input Voltage From PA.0 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
If more than one channel in single mode is enabled by software, the least channel is converted and other enabled channels will be ignored. | ||
[1] | CHEN1 | Analog Input Channel 1 Enable(Convert Input Voltage From PA.1 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[2] | CHEN2 | Analog Input Channel 2 Enable (Convert Input Voltage From PA.2 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[3] | CHEN3 | Analog Input Channel 3 Enable(Convert Input Voltage From PA.3 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[4] | CHEN4 | Analog Input Channel 4 Enable (Convert Input Voltage From PA.4 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[5] | CHEN5 | Analog Input Channel 5 Enable (Convert Input Voltage From PA.5 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[6] | CHEN6 | Analog Input Channel 6 Enable (Convert Input Voltage From PA.6 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[7] | CHEN7 | Analog Input Channel 7 Enable (Convert Input Voltage From PA.7 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[8] | CHEN8 | Analog Input Channel 8 Enable For DAC0 (Convert Input Voltage From PD.0 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[9] | CHEN9 | Analog Input Channel 9 Enable For DAC1 (Convert Input Voltage From PD.1 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[10] | CHEN10 | Analog Input Channel 10 Enable (Convert Input Voltage From PD.2 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[11] | CHEN11 | Analog Input Channel 11 Enable(Convert Input Voltage From PD.3 ) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[12] | CHEN12 | Analog Input Channel 12 Enable (Convert DAC0 Output Voltage) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[13] | CHEN13 | Analog Input Channel 13 Enable (Convert DAC1 Output Voltage) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[14] | CHEN14 | Analog Input Channel 14 Enable (Convert VTEMP) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[15] | CHEN15 | Analog Input Channel 15 Enable (Convert Int_VREF) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[16] | CHEN16 | Analog Input Channel 16 Enable (Convert AVDD) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[17] | CHEN17 | Analog Input Channel 17 Enable (Convert AVSS) |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. |
Definition at line 332 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2S_T::CLKDIV |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | MCLK_DIV | Master Clock Divider |
If the external crystal frequency is (2xMCLK_DIV)*256fs then software can program these bits to generate 256fs clock frequency to audio CODEC chip. | ||
If MCLK_DIV is set to "0", MCLK is the same as external clock input. | ||
For example, sampling rate is 48 kHz and the external crystal clock is 12.288 MHz, set MCLK_DIV=0. | ||
MCLK = I2SCLK/(2x(MCLK_DIV)). | ||
[15:8] | BCLK_DIV | Bit Clock Divider |
If I2S is operated in Master mode, bit clock is provided by this chip. | ||
Software can program these bits to generate sampling rate clock frequency. | ||
BCLK = I2SCLK /(2x(BCLK_DIV + 1)). |
Definition at line 4643 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SPI_T::CLKDIV |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | DIVIDER1 | Clock Divider 1 Register |
The value in this field is the 1th frequency divider of the PCLK to generate the serial clock of SPI_SCLK. | ||
The desired frequency is obtained according to the following equation: | ||
Where | ||
is the SPI engine clock source. It is defined in the CLK_SEL1. | ||
[23:16] | DIVIDER2 | Clock Divider 2 Register |
The value in this field is the 2nd frequency divider of the PCLK to generate the serial clock of SPI_SCLK. | ||
The desired frequency is obtained according to the following equation: |
Definition at line 9364 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::CLKDIV0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | HCLK_N | HCLK Clock Divide Number From HCLK Clock Source |
The HCLK clock frequency = (HCLK Clock Source frequency) / (HCLK_N + 1). | ||
[7:4] | USB_N | USB Clock Divide Number From PLL Clock |
The USB clock frequency = (PLL frequency ) / (USB_N + 1). | ||
[11:8] | UART_N | UART Clock Divide Number From UART Clock Source |
The UART clock frequency = (UART Clock Source frequency ) / (UART_N + 1). | ||
[15:12] | I2S_N | I2S Clock Divide Number From I2S Clock Source |
The I2S clock frequency = (I2S Clock Source frequency ) / (I2S_N + 1). | ||
[23:16] | ADC_N | ADC Clock Divide Number From ADC Clock Source |
The ADC clock frequency = (ADC Clock Source frequency ) / (ADC_N + 1). | ||
[31:28] | SC0_N | SC 0 Clock Divide Number From SC 0 Clock Source |
The SC 0 clock frequency = (SC0 Clock Source frequency ) / (SC0_N + 1). |
Definition at line 1091 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::CLKDIV1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | SC1_N | SC 1 Clock Divide Number From SC 1 Clock Source |
The SC 1 clock frequency = (SC 1 Clock Source frequency ) / (SC1_N + 1). | ||
[7:4] | SC2_N | SC 2 Clock Divide Number From SC2 Clock Source |
The SC 2 clock frequency = (SC 2 Clock Source frequency ) / (SC2_N + 1). |
Definition at line 1105 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::CLKSEL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | CLKSEL0 | Timer 0 Clock Source Selection |
Select clock input for timer 0. | ||
(Table is the same as CLKSEL3) | ||
[6:4] | CLKSEL1 | Timer 1 Clock Source Selection |
Select clock input for timer 1. | ||
(Table is the same as CLKSEL3) | ||
[10:8] | CLKSEL2 | Timer 2Clock Source Selection |
Select clock input for timer 2. | ||
(Table is the same as CLKSEL3) | ||
[14:12] | CLKSEL3 | Timer 3 Clock Source Selection |
Select clock input for timer 3. | ||
000 = Input Clock Divided by 2. | ||
001 = Input Clock Divided by 4. | ||
010 = Input Clock Divided by 8. | ||
011 = Input Clock Divided by 16. | ||
100 = Input Clock Divided by 1. |
Definition at line 6633 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::CLKSEL0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | HCLK_S | HCLK Clock Source Selection |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Note: | ||
Before Clock Source switches, the related clock sources (pre-select and new-select) must be turn on | ||
The 3-bit default value is reloaded with the value of CFOSC (Config0[26:24]) in user configuration register in Flash controller by any reset. | ||
Therefore the default value is either 000b or 111b. | ||
000 = HXT | ||
001 = LXT | ||
010 = PLL Clock | ||
011 = LIRC | ||
111 = HIRC | ||
Others = Reserved |
Definition at line 959 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::CLKSEL1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1:0] | UART_S | UART 0/1 Clock Source Selection (UART0 And UART1 Use The Same Clock Source Selection) |
00 = HXT | ||
01 = LXT | ||
10 = PLL Clock | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
[3:2] | ADC_S | ADC Clock Source Selection |
00 = HXT | ||
01 = LXT | ||
10 = PLL Clock | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
[5:4] | PWM0_CH01_S | PWM0 Channel 0 And Channel 1 Clock Source Selection |
PWM0 channel 0 and channel 1 use the same Engine clock source, both of them with the same prescaler | ||
00 = HXT | ||
01 = LXT | ||
10 = HCLK | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
[7:6] | PWM0_CH23_S | PWM0 Channel 2 And Channel 3 Clock Source Selection |
PWM0 channel 2 and channel 3 use the same Engine clock source, both of them with the same prescaler | ||
00 = HXT | ||
01 = LXT | ||
10 = HCLK | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
[10:8] | TMR0_S | Timer0 Clock Source Selection |
000 = HXT | ||
001 = LXT | ||
010 = LIRC | ||
011 = External Pin | ||
111 = HIRC | ||
Others = Reserved | ||
[14:12] | TMR1_S | Timer1 Clock Source Selection |
000 = HXT | ||
001 = LXT | ||
010 = LIRC | ||
011 = External Pin | ||
111 = HIRC | ||
Others = Reserved | ||
[18] | LCD_S | LCD Clock Source Selection |
0 = Clock Source from LXT. | ||
1 = Reserved. |
Definition at line 1008 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::CLKSEL2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:2] | FRQDIV_S | Clock Divider Clock Source Selection |
00 = HXT | ||
01 = LXT | ||
10 = HCLK | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
[5:4] | PWM1_CH01_S | PWM1 Channel 0 And Channel 1 Clock Source Selection |
PWM1 channel 0 and channel 1 use the same Engine clock source, both of them with the same pre-scale | ||
00 = HXT | ||
01 = LXT | ||
10 = HCLK | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
[7:6] | PWM1_CH23_S | PWM1 Channel 2 And Channel 2 Clock Source Selection |
PWM1 channel 2 and channel 3 use the same Engine clock source, both of them with the same pre-scale | ||
00 = HXT | ||
01 = LXT | ||
10 = HCLK | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
[10:8] | TMR2_S | Timer2 Clock Source Selection |
000 = HXT | ||
001 = LXT | ||
010 = LIRC | ||
011 = External Pin | ||
111 = HIRC | ||
Others = Reserved | ||
[14:12] | TMR3_S | Timer3 Clock Source Selection |
000 = HXT | ||
001 = LXT | ||
010 = LIRC | ||
011 = External Pin | ||
111 = HIRC | ||
Others = Reserved | ||
[17:16] | I2S_S | I2S Clock Source Selection |
00 = HXT | ||
01 = PLL Clock | ||
10 = HIRC | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
[19:18] | SC_S | SC Clock Source Selection |
00 = HXT | ||
01 = PLL Clock | ||
10 = HIRC | ||
11 = HIRC | ||
Note: SC0,SC1 and SC2 use the same Clock Source selection but they have different clock divider number. | ||
[20] | SPI0_S | SPI0 Clock Source Selection |
0 = PLL. | ||
1 = HCLK. | ||
[21] | SPI1_S | SPI1 Clock Source Selection |
0 = PLL. | ||
1 = HCLK. | ||
[22] | SPI2_S | SPI2 Clock Source Selection |
0 = PLL. | ||
1 = HCLK. |
Definition at line 1069 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t CLK_T::CLKSTATUS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | HXT_STB | HXT Clock Source Stable Flag |
0 = HXT clock is not stable or not enable. | ||
1 = HXT clock is stable. | ||
[1] | LXT_STB | LXT Clock Source Stable Flag |
0 = LXT clock is not stable or not enable. | ||
1 = LXT clock is stable. | ||
[2] | PLL_STB | PLL Clock Source Stable Flag |
0 = PLL clock is not stable or not enable. | ||
1 = PLL clock is stable. | ||
[3] | LIRC_STB | LIRC Clock Source Stable Flag |
0 = LIRC clock is not stable or not enable. | ||
1 = LIRC clock is stable. | ||
[4] | HIRC_STB | HIRC Clock Source Stable Flag |
0 = HIRC clock is not stable or not enable. | ||
1 = HIRC clock is stable. | ||
[7] | CLK_SW_FAIL | Clock Switch Fail Flag |
0 = Clock switch success. | ||
1 = Clock switch fail. | ||
This bit will be set when target switch Clock Source is not stable. This bit is write 1 clear |
Definition at line 937 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::CLR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | 1DAY | 1 Day Calendar Digit (0~9) |
[5:4] | 10DAY | 10 Day Calendar Digit (0~3) |
[11:8] | 1MON | 1 Month Calendar Digit (0~9) |
[12] | 10MON | 10 Month Calendar Digit (0~1) |
[19:16] | 1YEAR | 1 Year Calendar Digit (0~9) |
[23:20] | 10YEAR | 10 Year Calendar Digit (0~9) |
Definition at line 7870 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t TIMER_T::CMPR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[23:0] | TMR_CMP | Timer Compared Value |
TMR_CMP is a 24-bit compared register. | ||
When the internal 24-bit up-counter counts and its value is equal to TMR_CMP value, a Timer Interrupt is requested if the timer interrupt is enabled with TMR_IER [TMR_IE] is enabled. | ||
The TMR_CMP value defines the timer counting cycle time. | ||
Time-out period = (Period of timer clock input) * (8-bit PRESCALE_CNT + 1) * (24-bit TMR_CMP). | ||
Note1: Never write 0x0 or 0x1 in TMR_CMP, or the core will run into unknown state. | ||
Note2: No matter TMR_CTL [TMR_EN] is 0 or 1, whenever software write a new value into this register, TIMER will restart counting using this new value and abort previous count. |
Definition at line 9915 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::CMPR0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CMPEN | Compare Enable |
0 = Compare Disabled. | ||
1 = Compare Enabled. | ||
Set this bit to 1 to enable compare CMPD[11:0] with specified channel conversion result when converted data is loaded into ADC_RESULTx register. | ||
When this bit is set to 1, and CMPMATCNT is 0, the CMPF will be set once the match is hit | ||
[1] | CMPIE | Compare Interrupt Enable |
0 = Compare function interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Compare function interrupt Enabled. | ||
If the compare function is enabled and the compare condition matches the setting of CMPCOND and CMPMATCNT, CMPF bit will be asserted, in the meanwhile, if CMPIE is set to 1, a compare interrupt request is generated. | ||
[2] | CMPCOND | Compare Condition |
0 = Set the compare condition as that when a 12-bit A/D conversion result is less than the 12-bit CMPD (ADCMPRx[27:16]), the internal match counter will increase one. | ||
1 = Set the compare condition as that when a 12-bit A/D conversion result is greater or equal to the 12-bit CMPD (ADCMPRx[27:16]), the internal match counter will increase by one. | ||
Note: When the internal counter reaches the value to (CMPMATCNT +1), the CMPF bit will be set. | ||
[7:3] | CMPCH | Compare Channel Selection |
This field selects the channel whose conversion result is selected to be compared. | ||
[11:8] | CMPMATCNT | Compare Match Count |
When the specified A/D channel analog conversion result matches the compare condition defined by CMPCOND[2], the internal match counter will increase 1. | ||
When the internal counter reaches the value to (CMPMATCNT +1), the CMPF bit will be set. | ||
[27:16] | CMPD | Comparison Data |
The 12 bits data is used to compare with conversion result of specified channel. | ||
Software can use it to monitor the external analog input pin voltage variation in scan mode without imposing a load on software. |
Definition at line 363 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::CMPR1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CMPEN | Compare Enable |
0 = Compare Disabled. | ||
1 = Compare Enabled. | ||
Set this bit to 1 to enable compare CMPD[11:0] with specified channel conversion result when converted data is loaded into ADC_RESULTx register. | ||
When this bit is set to 1, and CMPMATCNT is 0, the CMPF will be set once the match is hit | ||
[1] | CMPIE | Compare Interrupt Enable |
0 = Compare function interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Compare function interrupt Enabled. | ||
If the compare function is enabled and the compare condition matches the setting of CMPCOND and CMPMATCNT, CMPF bit will be asserted, in the meanwhile, if CMPIE is set to 1, a compare interrupt request is generated. | ||
[2] | CMPCOND | Compare Condition |
0 = Set the compare condition as that when a 12-bit A/D conversion result is less than the 12-bit CMPD (ADCMPRx[27:16]), the internal match counter will increase one. | ||
1 = Set the compare condition as that when a 12-bit A/D conversion result is greater or equal to the 12-bit CMPD (ADCMPRx[27:16]), the internal match counter will increase by one. | ||
Note: When the internal counter reaches the value to (CMPMATCNT +1), the CMPF bit will be set. | ||
[7:3] | CMPCH | Compare Channel Selection |
This field selects the channel whose conversion result is selected to be compared. | ||
[11:8] | CMPMATCNT | Compare Match Count |
When the specified A/D channel analog conversion result matches the compare condition defined by CMPCOND[2], the internal match counter will increase 1. | ||
When the internal counter reaches the value to (CMPMATCNT +1), the CMPF bit will be set. | ||
[27:16] | CMPD | Comparison Data |
The 12 bits data is used to compare with conversion result of specified channel. | ||
Software can use it to monitor the external analog input pin voltage variation in scan mode without imposing a load on software. |
Definition at line 394 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DAC_T::COMCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | WAITDACCONV | Wait DAC Conversion Complete |
The DAC needs at least 2 us to settle down every time when each data deliver to DAC, which means user cannot update each DACx_data register faster than 2 us; otherwise data will lost. | ||
Setting this register can adjust the time interval in PCLK unit between each DACx_data into DAC in order to meet the 2 us requirement. | ||
[8] | DAC01GRP | Group DAC0 And DAC1 |
0 = Not grouped. | ||
1 = Grouped. | ||
[10:9] | REFSEL | Reference Voltage Selection |
00 = AVDD | ||
01 = Internal reference voltage | ||
10 = External reference voltage | ||
11= Reserved |
Definition at line 1626 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::CON |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | IPEN | I2C Function Enable |
When this bit is set to 1, the I2C serial function is enabled. | ||
0 = I2C function Disabled. | ||
1 = I2C function Enabled. | ||
[1] | ACK | Assert Acknowledge Control Bit |
0 =: When this bit is set to 0 prior to address or data received, a Not acknowledged (high level to SDA) will be returned during the acknowledge clock pulse. | ||
1 = When this bit is set to 1 prior to address or data received, an acknowledged will be returned during the acknowledge clock pulse on the SCL line when. | ||
a. A slave is acknowledging the address sent from master | ||
b. The receiver devices are acknowledging the data sent by transmitter. | ||
[2] | STOP | I2C STOP Control Bit |
In Master mode, set this bit to 1 to transmit a STOP condition to bus then the controller will check the bus condition if a STOP condition is detected and this bit will be cleared by hardware automatically. | ||
In Slave mode, set this bit to 1 to reset the controller to the defined "not addressed" Slave mode. | ||
This means it is NO LONGER in the slave receiver mode to receive data from the master transmit device. | ||
0 = Will be cleared by hardware automatically if a STOP condition is detected. | ||
1 = Sends a STOP condition to bus in Master mode or reset the controller to "not addressed" in Slave mode. | ||
[3] | START | I2C START Command |
Setting this bit to 1 to enter Master mode, the device sends a START or repeat START condition to bus when the bus is free and it will be cleared to 0 after the START command is active and the STATUS has been updated. | ||
0 = After START or repeat START is active. | ||
1 = Sends a START or repeat START condition to bus. | ||
[4] | I2C_STS | I2C Status |
When a new state is present in the I2CSTATUS register, this bit will be set automatically, and if the INTEN bit is set, the I2C interrupt is requested. | ||
It must be cleared by software by writing one to this bit and the I2C protocol function will go ahead until the STOP is active or the IPEN is disabled. | ||
0 = I2C's Status disabled and the I2C protocol function will go ahead. | ||
1 = I2C's Status active. | ||
[7] | INTEN | Interrupt Enable |
0 = I2C interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = I2C interrupt Enabled. |
Definition at line 4253 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::CR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | ADEN | A/D Converter Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
Before starting A/D conversion, this bit should be set to 1. | ||
Clear it to 0 to disable A/D converter analog circuit power consumption. | ||
[1] | ADIE | A/D Interrupt Enable |
0 = A/D interrupt function Disabled. | ||
1 = A/D interrupt function Enabled. | ||
A/D conversion end interrupt request is generated if ADIE bit is set to 1. | ||
[3:2] | ADMD | A/D Converter Operation Mode |
00 = Single conversion | ||
01 = Reserved | ||
10 = Single-cycle scan | ||
11 = Continuous scan | ||
[5:4] | TRGS | Hardware Trigger Source |
This field must keep 00 | ||
Software should disable TRGE and ADST before change TRGS. | ||
In hardware trigger mode, the ADST bit is set by the external trigger from STADC, However software has the highest priority to set or cleared ADST bit at any time. | ||
[7:6] | TRGCOND | External Trigger Condition |
These two bits decide external pin STADC trigger event is level or edge. | ||
The signal must be kept at stable state at least 8 PCLKs for level trigger and 4 PCLKs at high and low state. | ||
00 = Low level | ||
01 = High level | ||
10 = Falling edge | ||
11 = Rising edge | ||
[8] | TRGE | External Trigger Enable |
Enable or disable triggering of A/D conversion by external STADC pin. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[9] | PTEN | PDMA Transfer Enable |
0 = PDMA data transfer Disabled. | ||
1 = PDMA data transfer in ADC_RESULT 0~17 Enabled. | ||
When A/D conversion is completed, the converted data is loaded into ADC_RESULT 0~10, software can enable this bit to generate a PDMA data transfer request. | ||
When PTEN=1, software must set ADIE=0 to disable interrupt. | ||
PDMA can access ADC_RESULT 0-17 registers by block or single transfer mode. | ||
[10] | DIFF | Differential Mode Selection |
0 = ADC is operated in single-ended mode. | ||
1 = ADC is operated in differential mode. | ||
The A/D analog input ADC_CH0/ADC_CH1 consists of a differential pair. | ||
So as ADC_CH2/ADC_CH3, ADC_CH4/ADC_CH5, ADC_CH6/ADC_CH7, ADC_CH8/ADC_CH9 and ADC_CH10/ADC_CH11. | ||
The even channel defines as plus analog input voltage (Vplus) and the odd channel defines as minus analog input voltage (Vminus). | ||
Differential input voltage (Vdiff) = Vplus - Vminus, where Vplus is the analog input; Vminus is the inverted analog input. | ||
In differential input mode, only the even number of the two corresponding channels needs to be enabled in CHEN (ADCHER[11:0]). | ||
The conversion result will be placed to the corresponding data register of the enabled channel. | ||
Note: Calibration should calibrated each time when switching between single-ended and differential mode | ||
[11] | ADST | A/D Conversion Start |
0 = Conversion stopped and A/D converter enter idle state. | ||
1 = Conversion starts. | ||
ADST bit can be set to 1 from two sources: software write and external pin STADC. | ||
ADST is cleared to 0 by hardware automatically at the end of single mode and single-cycle scan mode on specified channels. | ||
In continuous scan mode, A/D conversion is continuously performed sequentially unless software writes 0 to this bit or chip reset. | ||
Note: After ADC conversion done, SW needs to wait at least one ADC clock before to set this bit high again. | ||
[13:12] | TMSEL | Select A/D Enable Time-Out Source |
00 = TMR0 | ||
01 = TMR1 | ||
10 = TMR2 | ||
11 = TMR3 | ||
[15] | TMTRGMOD | Timer Event Trigger ADC Conversion |
0 = This function Disabled. | ||
1 = ADC Enabled by TIMER OUT event. Setting TMSEL to select timer event from timer0~3 | ||
[17:16] | REFSEL | Reference Voltage Source Selection |
00 = Reserved | ||
01 = Select Int_VREF as reference voltage | ||
10 = Select VREF as reference voltage | ||
11 = Reserved | ||
[19:18] | RESSEL | Resolution Selection |
00 = 6 bits | ||
01 = 8 bits | ||
10 = 10 bits | ||
11 = 12 bits | ||
[31:24] | TMPDMACNT | PDMA Count |
When each timer event occur PDMA will transfer TMPDMACNT +1 ADC result in the amount of this register setting | ||
Note: The total amount of PDMA transferring data should be set in PDMA byte count register. | ||
When PDMA finish is set, ADC will not be enabled and start transfer even though the timer event occurred. |
Definition at line 267 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t WWDT_T::CR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | WWDTEN | Window Watchdog Enable |
Set this bit to enable Window Watchdog timer. | ||
0 = Window Watchdog timer function Disabled. | ||
1 = Window Watchdog timer function Enabled. | ||
[11:8] | PERIODSEL | WWDT Pre-Scale Period Select |
These three bits select the pre-scale for the WWDT counter period. | ||
Please refer to Table 5-17 | ||
[21:16] | WINCMP | WWDT Window Compare Register |
Set this register to adjust the valid reload window. | ||
Note: SW only can write WWDTRLD when WWDT counter value between 0 and WINCMP. | ||
If SW writes WWDTRLD when WWDT counter value larger than WWCMP, WWDT will generate RESET signal. | ||
[31] | DBGEN | WWDT Debug Enable |
0 = WWDT stopped count if system is in Debug mode. | ||
1 = WWDT still counted even system is in Debug mode. |
Definition at line 11508 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::CRL0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CRL15_0 | Capture Rising Latch Register |
Latch the PWM counter when Channel 0/1/2/3 has rising transition. | ||
[31:16] | CRL31_16 | Upper Half Word Of 32-Bit Capture Data When Cascade Enabled |
When cascade is enabled for capture channel 0, 2,the original 16 bit counter extend to 32 bit, and capture result CRL0 and CRL2 are also extend to 32 bit. |
Definition at line 7203 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::CRL1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CRL15_0 | Capture Rising Latch Register |
Latch the PWM counter when Channel 0/1/2/3 has rising transition. | ||
[31:16] | CRL31_16 | Upper Half Word Of 32-Bit Capture Data When Cascade Enabled |
When cascade is enabled for capture channel 0, 2,the original 16 bit counter extend to 32 bit, and capture result CRL0 and CRL2 are also extend to 32 bit. |
Definition at line 7231 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::CRL2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CRL15_0 | Capture Rising Latch Register |
Latch the PWM counter when Channel 0/1/2/3 has rising transition. | ||
[31:16] | CRL31_16 | Upper Half Word Of 32-Bit Capture Data When Cascade Enabled |
When cascade is enabled for capture channel 0, 2,the original 16 bit counter extend to 32 bit, and capture result CRL0 and CRL2 are also extend to 32 bit. |
Definition at line 7259 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::CRL3 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CRL15_0 | Capture Rising Latch Register |
Latch the PWM counter when Channel 0/1/2/3 has rising transition. | ||
[31:16] | CRL31_16 | Upper Half Word Of 32-Bit Capture Data When Cascade Enabled |
When cascade is enabled for capture channel 0, 2,the original 16 bit counter extend to 32 bit, and capture result CRL0 and CRL2 are also extend to 32 bit. |
Definition at line 7287 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PDMA_T::CSAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | PDMA_CSAR | PDMA Current Source Address Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the source address where the PDMA transfer is just occurring. |
Definition at line 6014 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t VDMA_T::CSAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | VDMA_CSAR | VDMA Current Source Address Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the source address where the VDMA transfer is just occurring. |
Definition at line 6199 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PDMA_T::CSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | PDMACEN | PDMA Channel Enable |
Setting this bit to "1" enables PDMA's operation. | ||
If this bit is cleared, PDMA will ignore all PDMA request and force Bus Master into IDLE state. | ||
Note: SW_RST will clear this bit. | ||
[1] | SW_RST | Software Engine Reset |
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Reset the internal state machine and pointers. | ||
The contents of control register will not be cleared. | ||
This bit will be auto cleared after few clock cycles. | ||
[3:2] | MODE_SEL | PDMA Mode Select |
00 = Memory to Memory mode (Memory-to-Memory). | ||
01 = IP to Memory mode (APB-to-Memory) | ||
10 = Memory to IP mode (Memory-to-APB). | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
[5:4] | SAD_SEL | Transfer Source Address Direction Selection |
00 = Transfer Source address is incremented successively. | ||
01 = Reserved. | ||
10 = Transfer Source address is fixed (This feature can be used when data where transferred from a single source to multiple destinations). | ||
11 = Transfer Source address is wrap around (When the PDMA_CBCR is equal to zero, the PDMA_CSAR and PDMA_CBCR register will be updated by PDMA_SAR and PDMA_BCR automatically. | ||
PDMA will start another transfer without software trigger until PDMA_EN disabled. | ||
When the PDMA_EN is disabled, the PDMA will complete the active transfer but the remained data which in the PDMA_BUF will not transfer to destination address). | ||
[7:6] | DAD_SEL | Transfer Destination Address Direction Selection |
00 = Transfer Destination address is incremented successively | ||
01 = Reserved. | ||
10 = Transfer Destination address is fixed (This feature can be used when data where transferred from multiple sources to a single destination) | ||
11 = Transfer Destination address is wrapped around (When the PDMA_CBCR is equal to zero, the PDMA_CDAR and PDMA_CBCR register will be updated by PDMA_DAR and PDMA_BCR automatically. | ||
PDMA will start another transfer without software trigger until PDMA_EN disabled. | ||
When the PDMA_EN is disabled, the PDMA will complete the active transfer but the remained data which in the PDMA_BUF will not transfer to destination address). | ||
[12] | TO_EN | Time-Out Enable |
This bit will enable PDMA internal counter. While this counter counts to zero, the TO_IS will be set. | ||
0 = PDMA internal counter Disabled. | ||
1 = PDMA internal counter Enabled. | ||
[20:19] | APB_TWS | Peripheral Transfer Width Selection |
00 = One word (32 bits) is transferred for every PDMA operation. | ||
01 = One byte (8 bits) is transferred for every PDMA operation. | ||
10 = One half-word (16 bits) is transferred for every PDMA operation. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: This field is meaningful only when MODE_SEL is IP to Memory mode (APB-to-Memory) or Memory to IP mode (Memory-to-APB). | ||
[23] | TRIG_EN | TRIG_EN |
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = PDMA data read or write transfer Enabled. | ||
Note1: When PDMA transfer completed, this bit will be cleared automatically. | ||
Note2: If the bus error occurs, all PDMA transfer will be stopped. | ||
Software must reset all PDMA channel, and then trig again. |
Definition at line 5961 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t VDMA_T::CSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | VDMACEN | VDMA Channel Enable |
Setting this bit to "1" enables VDMA's operation. | ||
If this bit is cleared, VDMA will ignore all VDMA request and force Bus Master into IDLE state. | ||
Note: SW_RST will clear this bit. | ||
[1] | SW_RST | Software Engine Reset |
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Reset the internal state machine and pointers. | ||
The contents of control register will not be cleared. | ||
This bit will be auto cleared after few clock cycles. | ||
[10] | STRIDE_EN | Stride Mode Enable |
0 = Stride transfer mode Disabled. | ||
1 = Stride transfer mode Enabled. | ||
[11] | DIR_SEL | Transfer Source/Destination Address Direction Select |
0 = Transfer address is incremented successively. | ||
1 = Transfer address is decremented successively. | ||
[23] | TRIG_EN | TRIG_EN |
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = VDMA data read or write transfer Enabled. | ||
Note1: When VDMA transfer is completed, this bit will be cleared automatically. | ||
Note2: If the bus error occurs, all VDMA transfer will be stopped. | ||
Software must reset all VDMA channel, and then trig again. |
Definition at line 6148 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | EN | LCD Enable |
0 = LCD controller operation Disabled. | ||
1 = LCD controller operation Enabled. | ||
[3:1] | MUX | Mux Select |
000 = Static. | ||
001 = 1/2 duty. | ||
010 = 1/3 duty. | ||
011 = 1/4 duty. | ||
100 = 1/5 duty. | ||
101 = 1/6 duty. | ||
110 = Reserved. | ||
111 = Reserved. | ||
Note : User does not need to set PD_H_MFP bit field, but only to set the MUX bit field to switch LCD_SEG0 and LCD_SEG1 to LCD_COM4 and LCD_COM5 for Nano110 and Nano130 series. | ||
[6:4] | FREQ | LCD Frequency Selection |
000 = LCDCLK Divided by 32. | ||
001 = LCDCLK Divided by 64. | ||
010 = LCDCLK Divided by 96. | ||
011 = LCDCLK Divided by 128. | ||
100 = LCDCLK Divided by 192. | ||
101 = LCDCLK Divided by 256. | ||
110 = LCDCLK Divided by 384. | ||
111 = LCDCLK Divided by 512. | ||
[7] | BLINK | LCD Blinking Enable |
0 = Blinking Disabled. | ||
1 = Blinking Enabled. | ||
[8] | PDDISP_EN | Power Down Display Enable |
The LCD can be programmed to be displayed or not be displayed at power down state by PDDISP_EN setting. | ||
0 = LCD display Disabled ( LCD is put out) at power down state. | ||
1 = LCD display Enabled (LCD keeps the display) at power down state. | ||
[9] | PDINT_EN | Power Down Interrupt Enable |
If the power down request is triggered from system management, LCD controller will execute the frame completely to avoid the DC component. | ||
When the frame is executed completely, the LCD power down interrupt signal is generated to inform system management that LCD controller is ready to enter power down state, if PDINT_EN is set to 1. | ||
Otherwise, if PDINT_EN is set to 0, the LCD power down interrupt signal is blocked and the interrupt is disabled to send to system management. | ||
0 = Power Down Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Power Down Interrupt Enabled. |
Definition at line 5103 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CRCCEN | CRC Channel Enable |
Setting this bit to 1 enables CRC's operation. | ||
When operating in CRC DMA mode (TRIG_EN = 1), if user clear this bit, the DMA operation will be continuous until all CRC DMA operation done, and the TRIG_EN bit will asserted until all CRC DMA operation done. | ||
But in this case, the CRC_DMAISR [BLKD_IF] flag will inactive, user can read CRC result by reading CRC_CHECKSUM register when TRIG_EN = 0. | ||
When operating in CRC DMA mode (TRIG_EN = 1), if user want to stop the transfer immediately, user can write 1 to CRC_RST bit to stop the transmission. | ||
[1] | CRC_RST | CRC Engine Reset |
0 = Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. | ||
1 = Writing 1 to this bit will reset the internal CRC state machine and internal buffer. | ||
The contents of control register will not be cleared. | ||
This bit will be auto cleared after few clock cycles. | ||
Note: When operating in CPU PIO mode, setting this bit will reload the initial seed value | ||
[23] | TRIG_EN | Trigger Enable |
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = CRC DMA data read or write transfer Enabled. | ||
Note1: If this bit assert that indicates the CRC engine operation in CRC DMA mode, so don't filled any data in CRC_WDATA register. | ||
Note2: When CRC DMA transfer completed, this bit will be cleared automatically. | ||
Note3: If the bus error occurs, all CRC DMA transfer will be stopped. | ||
Software must reset all DMA channel, and then trigger again. | ||
[24] | WDATA_RVS | Write Data Order Reverse |
0 = No bit order reverse for CRC write data in. | ||
1 = Bit order reverse for CRC write data in (per byre). | ||
Note: If the write data is 0xAABBCCDD, the bit order reverse for CRC write data in is 0x55DD33BB | ||
[25] | CHECKSUM_RVS | Checksum Reverse |
0 = No bit order reverse for CRC checksum. | ||
1 = Bit order reverse for CRC checksum. | ||
Note: If the checksum data is 0XDD7B0F2E, the bit order reverse for CRC checksum is 0x74F0DEBB | ||
[26] | WDATA_COM | Write Data Complement |
0 = No bit order reverse for CRC write data in. | ||
1 = 1's complement for CRC write data in. | ||
[27] | CHECKSUM_COM | Checksum Complement |
0 = No bit order reverse for CRC checksum. | ||
1 = 1's complement for CRC checksum. | ||
[29:28] | CPU_WDLEN | CPU Write Data Length |
When operating in CPU PIO mode (CRCCEN= 1, TRIG_EN = 0), this field indicates the write data length. | ||
00 = The data length is 8-bit mode | ||
01 = The data length is 16-bit mode | ||
10 = The data length is 32-bit mode | ||
11 = Reserved | ||
Note1: This field is only used for CPU PIO mode. | ||
Note2: When the data length is 8-bit mode, the valid data is CRC_WDATA [7:0], and if the data length is 16 bit mode, the valid data is CRC_WDATA [15:0]. | ||
[31:30] | CRC_MODE | CRC Polynomial Mode |
00 = CRC-CCITT Polynomial Mode | ||
01 = CRC-8 Polynomial Mode | ||
10 = CRC-16 Polynomial Mode | ||
11 = CRC-32 Polynomial Mode |
Definition at line 5618 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CH0EN | PWM-Timer 0 Enable/Disable Start Run |
0 = PWM-Timer 0 Running Stopped. | ||
1 = PWM-Timer 0 Start Run Enabled. | ||
[2] | CH0INV | PWM-Timer 0 Output Inverter ON/OFF |
0 = Inverter OFF. | ||
1 = Inverter ON. | ||
[3] | CH0MOD | PWM-Timer 0 Continuous/One-Shot Mode |
0 = One-Shot Mode. | ||
1 = Continuous Mode. | ||
Note: If there is a rising transition at this bit, it will cause CN and CM of PWM0_DUTY0 to be cleared. | ||
[4] | DZEN01 | Dead-Zone 0 Generator Enable/Disable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
Note: When Dead-Zone Generator is enabled, the pair of PWM0 and PWM1 becomes a complementary pair. | ||
[5] | DZEN23 | Dead-Zone 2 Generator Enable/Disable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
Note: When Dead-Zone Generator is enabled, the pair of PWM2 and PWM3 becomes a complementary pair. | ||
[8] | CH1EN | PWM-Timer 1 Enable/Disable Start Run |
0 = PWM-Timer 1 Running Stopped. | ||
1 = PWM-Timer 1 Start Run Enabled. | ||
[10] | CH1INV | PWM-Timer 1 Output Inverter ON/OFF |
0 = Inverter OFF. | ||
1 = Inverter ON. | ||
[11] | CH1MOD | PWM-Timer 1 Continuous/One-Shot Mode |
0 = One-Shot Mode. | ||
1 = Continuous Mode. | ||
Note: If there is a rising transition at this bit, it will cause CN and CM of PWM0_DUTY1 to be cleared. | ||
[16] | CH2EN | PWM-Timer 2 Enable/Disable Start Run |
0 = PWM-Timer 2 Running Stopped. | ||
1 = PWM-Timer 2 Start Run Enabled. | ||
[18] | CH2INV | PWM-Timer 2 Output Inverter ON/OFF |
0 = Inverter OFF. | ||
1 = Inverter ON. | ||
[19] | CH2MOD | PWM-Timer 2 Continuous/One-Shot Mode |
0 = One-Shot Mode. | ||
1 = Continuous Mode. | ||
Note: If there is a rising transition at this bit, it will cause CN and CM of PWM0_DUTY2 be cleared. | ||
[24] | CH3EN | PWM-Timer 3 Enable/Disable Start Run |
0 = PWM-Timer 3 Running Stopped. | ||
1 = PWM-Timer 3 Start Run Enabled. | ||
[26] | CH3INV | PWM-Timer 3 Output Inverter ON/OFF |
0 = Inverter OFF. | ||
1 = Inverter ON. | ||
[27] | CH3MOD | PWM-Timer 3 Continuous/One-Shot Mode |
0 = One-Shot Mode. | ||
1 = Continuous Mode. | ||
Note: If there is a rising transition at this bit, it will cause CN and CM of PWM0_DUTY3 to be cleared. |
Definition at line 6691 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | SC_CEN | SC Engine Enable |
Set this bit to "1" to enable SC operation. | ||
If this bit is cleared, SC will force all transition to IDLE state. | ||
[1] | DIS_RX | RX Transition Disable |
0 = Receiver Enabled. | ||
1 = Receiver Disabled. | ||
[2] | DIS_TX | TX Transition Disable |
0 = Transceiver Enabled. | ||
1 = Transceiver Disabled. | ||
[3] | AUTO_CON_EN | Auto Convention Enable |
0 = Auto-convention Disabled. | ||
1 = Auto-convention Enabled. | ||
When hardware receives TS in answer to reset state and the TS is direct convention, CON_SEL will be set to 00 automatically, otherwise if the TS is inverse convention, CON_SEL will be set to 11. | ||
If software enables auto convention function, the setting step must be done before Answer to Reset state and the first data must be 0x3B or 0x3F. | ||
After hardware received first data and stored it at buffer, hardware will decided the convention and change the SC_CTL[CON_SEL] register automatically. | ||
If the first data is not 0x3B or 0x3F, hardware will generate an interrupt INT_ACON_ERR(if SC_IER [ACON_ERR_IE = "1"] to CPU. | ||
[5:4] | CON_SEL | Convention Selection |
00 = Direct convention. | ||
01 = Reserved. | ||
10 = Reserved. | ||
11 = Inverse convention. | ||
Note: If AUTO_CON_EN is enabled, this field must be ignored. | ||
[7:6] | RX_FTRI_LEV | RX Buffer Trigger Level |
When the number of bytes in the receiving buffer equals the RX_FTRI_LEV, the RDA_IF will be set (if IER [RDA_IEN] is enabled, an interrupt will be generated). | ||
00 = INTR_RDA Trigger Level 1 byte. | ||
01 = INTR_RDA Trigger Level 2 bytes. | ||
10 = INTR_RDA Trigger Level 3 bytes. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
[12:8] | BGT | Block Guard Time (BGT) |
This field indicates the counter for block guard time. | ||
According to ISO7816-3, in T=0 mode, software must fill 15 (real block guard time = 16) to this field and in T=1 mode software must fill 21 (real block guard time = 22) to it. | ||
In TX mode, hardware will auto hold off first character until BGT has elapsed regardless of the TX data. | ||
In RX mode, software can enable SC_ALTCTL [RX_BGT_EN] to detect the first coming character timing. | ||
If the incoming data timing less than BGT, an interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note: The real block guard time is BGT + 1. | ||
[14:13] | TMR_SEL | Timer Selection |
00 = Disable all internal timer function. | ||
01 = Enable internal 24 bit timer. | ||
Software can configure it by setting SC_TMR0 [23:0]. | ||
SC_TMR1 and SC_TMR2 will be ignored in this mode. | ||
10 = Enable internal 24 bit timer and 8 bit internal timer. | ||
Software can configure the 24 bit timer by setting SC_TMR0 [23:0] and configure the 8 bit timer by setting SC_TMR1 [7:0]. | ||
SC_TMR2 will be ignored in this mode. | ||
11 = Enable internal 24 bit timer and two 8 bit timers. | ||
Software can configure them by setting SC_TMR0 [23:0], SC_TMR1 [7:0] and SC_TMR2 [7:0]. | ||
[15] | SLEN | Stop Bit Length |
This field indicates the length of stop bit. | ||
0 = The stop bit length is 2 ETU. | ||
1 = The stop bit length is 1 ETU. | ||
Note: The default stop bit length is 2. | ||
[18:16] | RX_ERETRY | RX Error Retry Register |
This field indicates the maximum number of receiver retries that are allowed when parity error has occurred. | ||
Note1: The real maximum retry number is RX_ERETRY + 1, so 8 is the maximum retry number. | ||
Note2: This field can not be changed when RX_ERETRY_EN enabled. | ||
The change flow is to disable RX_ETRTRY_EN first and then fill new retry value. | ||
[19] | RX_ERETRY_EN | RX Error Retry Enable Register |
This bit enables receiver retry function when parity error has occurred. | ||
0 = RX error retry function Disabled. | ||
1 = RX error retry function Enabled. | ||
Note: User must fill RX_ERETRY value before enabling this bit. | ||
[22:20] | TX_ERETRY | TX Error Retry Register |
This field indicates the maximum number of transmitter retries that are allowed when parity error has occurred. | ||
Note1: The real retry number is TX_ERETRY + 1, so 8 is the maximum retry number. | ||
Note2: This field can not be changed when TX_ERETRY_EN enabled. | ||
The change flow is to disable TX_ETRTRY_EN first and then fill new retry value. | ||
[23] | TX_ERETRY_EN | TX Error Retry Enable Register |
This bit enables transmitter retry function when parity error has occurred. | ||
0 = TX error retry function Disabled. | ||
1 = TX error retry function Enabled. | ||
Note: User must fill TX_ERETRY value before enabling this bit. | ||
[25:24] | CD_DEB_SEL | Card Detect De-Bounce Select Register |
This field indicates the card detect de-bounce selection. | ||
This field indicates the card detect de-bounce selection. | ||
00 = De-bounce sample card insert once per 384 (128 * 3) engine clocks and de-bounce sample card removal once per 128 engine clocks. | ||
01 = De-bounce sample card insert once per 192 (64 * 3) engine clocks and de-bounce sample card removal once per 64 engine clocks. | ||
10 = De-bounce sample card insert once per 96 (32 * 3) engine clocks and de-bounce sample card removal once per 32 engine clocks. | ||
11 = De-bounce sample card insert once per 48 (16 * 3) engine clocks and de-bounce sample card removal once per 16 engine clocks. |
Definition at line 8388 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SPI_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | GO_BUSY | SPI Transfer Control Bit And Busy Status |
0 = Writing this bit "0" will stop data transfer if SPI is transferring. | ||
1 = In Master mode, writing "1" to this bit will start the SPI data transfer; In Slave mode, writing '1' to this bit indicates that the salve is ready to communicate with a master. | ||
If the FIFO mode is disabled, during the data transfer, this bit keeps the value of '1'. | ||
As the transfer is finished, this bit will be cleared automatically. | ||
Software can read this bit to check if the SPI is in busy status. | ||
In FIFO mode, this bit will be controlled by hardware. | ||
Software should not modify this bit. | ||
In slave mode, this bit always returns 1 when software reads this register. | ||
In master mode, this bit reflects the busy or idle status of SPI. | ||
Note: | ||
1. When FIFO mode is disabled, all configurations should be set before writing "1" to the GO_BUSY bit in the SPI_CTL register. | ||
2. When FIFO bit is disabled and the software uses TX or RX PDMA function to transfer data, this bit will be cleared after the PDMA controller finishes the data transfer. | ||
[1] | RX_NEG | Receive At Negative Edge |
0 = The received data is latched on the rising edge of SPI_SCLK. | ||
1 = The received data is latched on the falling edge of SPI_SCLK. | ||
[2] | TX_NEG | Transmit At Negative Edge |
0 = The transmitted data output is changed on the rising edge of SPI_SCLK. | ||
1 = The transmitted data output is changed on the falling edge of SPI_SCLK. | ||
[7:3] | TX_BIT_LEN | Transmit Bit Length |
This field specifies how many bits can be transmitted / received in one transaction. | ||
The minimum bit length is 8 bits and can be up to 32 bits. | ||
TX_BIT_LEN Description | ||
01000 8 bits are transmitted in one transaction | ||
01001 9 bits are transmitted in one transaction | ||
---— -------— | ||
11111 31 bits are transmitted in one transaction | ||
00000 32 bits are transmitted in one transaction | ||
[10] | LSB | Send LSB First |
0 = The MSB, which bit of transmit/receive register depends on the setting of TX_BITLEN, is transmitted/received first. | ||
1 = The LSB, bit 0 of the SPI_TX0/1, is sent first to the the SPI data output pin, and the first bit received from the SPI data input pin will be put in the LSB position of the SPI_RX register (SPI_RX0/1). | ||
[11] | CLKP | Clock Polarity |
0 = The default level of SCLK is low in idle state. | ||
1 = The default level of SCLK is high in idle state. | ||
[15:12] | SP_CYCLE | Suspend Interval (Master Only) |
These four bits provide configurable suspend interval between two successive transmit/receive transaction in a transfer. | ||
The suspend interval is from the last falling clock edge of the current transaction to the first rising clock edge of the successive transaction if CLKP = "0". | ||
If CLKP = "1", the interval is from the rising clock edge to the falling clock edge. | ||
The default value is 0x3. The desired suspend interval is obtained according to the following equation: | ||
(SP_CYCLE[3:0) + 0.5) * period of SPICLK | ||
Ex: | ||
SP_CYCLE = 0x0 ... 0.5 SPICLK clock cycle. | ||
SP_CYCLE = 0x1 ... 1.5 SPICLK clock cycle. | ||
...... | ||
SP_CYCLE = 0xE ... 14.5 SPICLK clock cycle. | ||
SP_CYCLE = 0xF ... 15.5 SPICLK clock cycle. | ||
If the Variable Clock function is enabled, the minimum period of suspend interval (the transmit data in FIFO buffer is not empty) between the successive transaction is (6.5 + SP_CYCLE) * SPICLK clock cycle | ||
[17] | INTEN | Interrupt Enable |
0 = SPI Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = SPI Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[18] | SLAVE | Slave Mode |
0 = SPI controller set as Master mode. | ||
1 = SPI controller set as Slave mode. | ||
[19] | REORDER | Byte Reorder Function Enable |
0 = Disable byte reorder function | ||
1 = Enable byte reorder function and insert a byte suspend interval among each byte. | ||
The setting of TX_BIT_LEN must be configured as 00b ( 32 bits/ word). | ||
The suspend interval is defined in SP_CYCLE. | ||
Note: | ||
1. The byte reorder function is only available if TX_BIT_LEN is defined as 16, 24, and 32 bits. | ||
2. In Slave mode with level-trigger configuration, if the byte suspend function is enabled, the slave select pin must be kept at active state during the successive four bytes transfer. | ||
3. The byte reorder function is not supported when the variable serial clock function or the dual I/O mode is enabled. | ||
[21] | FIFOM | FIFO Mode Enable |
0 = Normal mode. | ||
1 = FIFO mode. | ||
Note: | ||
1. Before enabling FIFO mode, the other related settings should be set in advance. | ||
2. In Master mode, if the FIFO mode is enabled, the GO_BUSY bit will be set "1" automatically after the data was written into the 8-depth FIFO. | ||
The user can clear this FIFO bit after the transmit FIFO status is empty and the GO_BUSY back to 0. | ||
[22] | TWOB | 2-Bit Transfer Mode Active |
0 = 2-bit transfer mode Disabled. | ||
1 = 2-bit transfer mode Enabled. | ||
Note that when enabling TWOB, the serial transmitted 2-bits data are from SPI_TX1/0, and the received 2-bits data input are put into SPI_RX1/0. | ||
[23] | VARCLK_EN | Variable Clock Enable |
0 = The serial clock output frequency is fixed and only decided by the value of DIVIDER1 | ||
1 = The serial clock output frequency is variable. | ||
The output frequency is decided by the value of VARCLK (SPI_VARCLK), DIVIDER1, and DIVIDER2. | ||
Note: When this VARCLK_EN bit is set to 1, the setting of TX_BIT_LEN must be programmed as 0x10 (16-bit mode). | ||
[28] | DUAL_IO_DIR | Dual IO Mode Direction |
0 = Date read in the Dual I/O Mode function. | ||
1 = Data write in the Dual I/O Mode function. | ||
[29] | DUAL_IO_EN | Dual IO Mode Enable |
0 = Dual I/O Mode function Disabled. | ||
1 = Dual I/O Mode function Enabled. | ||
[31] | WKEUP_EN | Wake-Up Enable |
0 = Wake-up function Disabled when the system enters Power-down mode. | ||
1 = Wake-up function Enabled. | ||
When the system enters Power-down mode, the system can be wake-up from the SPI controller when this bit is enabled and if there is any toggle in the SPICLK port. | ||
After the system wake-up, this bit must be cleared by user to disable the wake-up requirement. |
Definition at line 9291 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t TIMER_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TMR_EN | Timer Counter Enable Bit |
0 = Stops/Suspends counting. | ||
1 = Starts counting. | ||
Note1: Set TMR_EN to 1 enables 24-bit counter keeps up counting from the last stop counting value. | ||
Note2: This bit is auto-cleared by hardware in one-shot mode (MODE_SEL [5:4] =2'b00) once the value of 24-bit up counter equals the TMRx_CMPR. | ||
[1] | SW_RST | Software Reset |
Set this bit will reset the timer counter, pre-scale counter and also force TMR_CTL [TMR_EN] to 0. | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Reset Timer's pre-scale counter, internal 24-bit up-counter and TMR_CTL [TMR_EN] bit. | ||
Note: This bit will be auto cleared and takes at least 3 TMRx_CLK clock cycles. | ||
[2] | WAKE_EN | Wake-Up Enable |
When WAKE_EN is set and the TMR_IS or TCAP_IS is set, the timer controller will generate a wake-up trigger event to CPU. | ||
0 = Wake-up trigger event Disabled. | ||
1 = Wake-up trigger event Enabled. | ||
[3] | DBGACK_EN | ICE Debug Mode Acknowledge Ineffective Enable |
0 = ICE debug mode acknowledgement effects TIMER counting and TIMER counter will be held while ICE debug mode acknowledged. | ||
1 = ICE debug mode acknowledgement is ineffective and TIMER counter will keep going no matter ICE debug mode acknowledged or not. | ||
[5:4] | MODE_SEL | Timer Operating Mode Select |
00 = The timer is operating in the one-shot mode. | ||
In this mode, the associated interrupt signal is generated (if TMR_IER [TMR_IE] is enabled) once the value of 24-bit up counter equals the TMRx_CMPR. | ||
And TMR_CTL [TMR_EN] is automatically cleared by hardware. | ||
01 = The timer is operating in the periodic mode. | ||
In this mode, the associated interrupt signal is generated periodically (if TMR_IER [TMR_IE] is enabled) while the value of 24-bit up counter equals the TMRx_CMPR. | ||
After that, the 24-bit counter will be reset and starts counting from zero again. | ||
10 = The timer is operating in the periodic mode with output toggling. | ||
In this mode, the associated interrupt signal is generated periodically (if TMR_IER [TMR_IE] is enabled) while the value of 24-bit up counter equals the TMRx_CMPR. | ||
After that, the 24-bit counter will be reset and starts counting from zero again. | ||
At the same time, timer controller will also toggle the output pin TMRx_TOG_OUT to its inverse level (from low to high or from high to low). | ||
Note: The default level of TMRx_TOG_OUT after reset is low. | ||
11 = The timer is operating in continuous counting mode. | ||
In this mode, the associated interrupt signal is generated when TMR_DR = TMR_CMPR (if TMR_IER [TMR_IE] is enabled). | ||
However, the 24-bit up-counter counts continuously without reset. | ||
[7] | TMR_ACT | Timer Active Status Bit (Read Only) |
This bit indicates the timer counter status of timer. | ||
0 = Timer is not active. | ||
1 = Timer is in active. | ||
[8] | ADC_TEEN | TMR_IS Or TCAP_IS Trigger ADC Enable |
This bit controls if TMR_IS or TCAP_IS could trigger ADC. | ||
When ADC_TEEN is set, TMR_IS is set and the CAP_TRG_EN is low, the timer controller will generate an internal trigger event to ADC controller. | ||
When ADC_TEEN is set, TCAP_IS is set and the CAP_TRG_EN is high, the timer controller will generate an internal trigger event to ADC controller. | ||
0 = TMR_IS or TCAP_IS trigger ADC Disabled. | ||
1 = TMR_IS or TCAP_IS trigger ADC Enabled. | ||
[9] | DAC_TEEN | TMR_IS Or TCAP_IS Trigger DAC Enable |
This bit controls if TMR_IS or TCAP_IS could trigger DAC. | ||
When DAC_TEEN is set, TMR_IS is set and the CAP_TRG_EN is low, the timer controller will generate an internal trigger event to DAC controller. | ||
When DAC_TEEN is set, TCAP_IS is set and the CAP_TRG_EN is high, the timer controller will generate an internal trigger event to DAC controller. | ||
0 = TMR_IS or TCAP_IS trigger DAC Disabled. | ||
1 = TMR_IS or TCAP_IS trigger DAC Enabled. | ||
[10] | PDMA_TEEN | TMR_IS Or TCAP_IS Trigger PDMA Enable |
This bit controls if TMR_IS or TCAP_IS could trigger PDMA. | ||
When PDMA_TEEN is set, TMR_IS is set and the CAP_TRG_EN is low, the timer controller will generate an internal trigger event to PDMA controller. | ||
When PDMA_TEEN is set, TCAP_IS is set and the CAP_TRG_EN is high, the timer controller will generate an internal trigger event to PDMA controller. | ||
0 = TMR_IS or TCAP_IS trigger PDMA Disabled. | ||
1 = TMR_IS or TCAP_IS trigger PDMA Enabled. | ||
[11] | CAP_TRG_EN | TCAP_IS Trigger Mode Enable |
This bit controls if the TMR_IS or TCAP_IS is used to trigger PDMA, DAC and ADC while TMR_IS or TCAP_IS is set. | ||
If this bit is low and TMR_IS is set, timer will generate an internal trigger event to PDMA, DAC or ADC while related trigger enable bit (PDMA_TEEN, DAC_TEEN or ADC_TEEN) is also set. | ||
If this bit is set high and TCAP_IS is set, timer will generate an internal trigger event to PDMA, DAC or ADC while related trigger enable bit (PDMA_TEEN, DAC_TEEN or ADC_TEEN) is also set. | ||
0 = TMR_IS is used to trigger PDMA, DAC and ADC. | ||
1 = TCAP_IS is used to trigger PDMA, DAC and ADC. | ||
[12] | EVENT_EN | Event Counting Mode Enable |
When EVENT_EN is set, the increase of 24-bit up-counting timer is controlled by external event pin. | ||
While the transition of external event pin matches the definition of EVENT_EDGE, the 24-bit up-counting timer increases by 1. | ||
Or, the 24-bit up-counting timer will keep its value unchanged. | ||
0 = Timer counting is not controlled by external event pin. | ||
1 = Timer counting is controlled by external event pin. | ||
Note: When EVENT_EN is enabled, user can not choose EXT_TMx(GPB) as clock source. | ||
However, the speed of chosen clock must 3 times greater than the speed of EXT_TMx(GPB). | ||
[13] | EVENT_EDGE | Event Counting Mode Edge Selection |
This bit indicates which edge of external event pin enabling the timer to increase 1. | ||
0 = A falling edge of external event enabling the timer to increase 1. | ||
1 = A rising edge of external event enabling the timer to increase 1. | ||
[14] | EVNT_DEB_EN | External Event De-Bounce Enable |
When EVNT_DEB_EN is set, the external event pin de-bounce circuit will be enabled to eliminate the bouncing of the signal. | ||
In de-bounce circuit the external event pin will be sampled 4 times by TMRx_CLK. | ||
0 = De-bounce circuit Disabled. | ||
1 = De-bounce circuit Enabled. | ||
Note: When EVENT_EN is enabled, enable this bit is recommended. | ||
And, while EVENT_EN is disabled, disable this bit is recommended to save power consumption. | ||
[16] | TCAP_EN | Tcapture Pin Functional Enable |
This bit controls if the transition on Tcapture pin could be used as timer counter reset function or timer capture function. | ||
0 = The transition on Tcapture pin is ignored. | ||
1 = The transition on Tcapture pin will result in the capture or reset of 24-bit timer counter. | ||
Note: For TMRx_CTL, if INTR_TRG_EN is set, the TCAP_EN will be forced to low and the Tcapture pin transition is ignored. | ||
Note: For TMRx+1_CTL, if INTR_TRG_EN is set, the TCAP_EN will be forced to high. | ||
[17] | TCAP_MODE | Tcapture Pin Function Mode Selection |
This bit indicates if the transition on Tcapture pin is used as timer counter reset function or timer capture function. | ||
0 = The transition on Tcapture pin is used as timer capture function. | ||
1 = The transition on Tcapture pin is used as timer counter reset function. | ||
Note: For TMRx+1_CTL, if INTR_TRG_EN is set, the TCAP_MODE will be forced to low. | ||
[19:18] | TCAP_EDGE | Tcapture Pin Edge Detect Selection |
This field defines that active transition of Tcapture pin is for timer counter reset function or for timer capture function. | ||
For timer counter reset function and free-counting mode of timer capture function, the configurations are: | ||
00 = A falling edge (1 to 0 transition) on Tcapture pin is an active transition. | ||
01 = A rising edge (0 to 1 transition) on Tcapture pin is an active transition. | ||
10 = Both falling edge (1 to 0 transition) and rising edge (0 to 1 transition) on Tcapture pin are active transitions. | ||
11 = Both falling edge (1 to 0 transition) and rising edge (0 to 1 transition) on Tcapture pin are active transitions. | ||
For trigger-counting mode of timer capture function, the configurations are: | ||
00 = 1st falling edge on Tcapture pin triggers 24-bit timer to start counting, while 2nd falling edge triggers 24-bit timer to stop counting. | ||
01 = 1st rising edge on Tcapture pin triggers 24-bit timer to start counting, while 2nd rising edge triggers 24-bit timer to stop counting. | ||
10 = Falling edge on Tcapture pin triggers 24-bit timer to start counting, while rising edge triggers 24-bit timer to stop counting. | ||
11 = Rising edge on Tcapture pin triggers 24-bit timer to start counting, while falling edge triggers 24-bit timer to stop counting. | ||
Note: For TMRx+1_CTL, if INTR_TRG_EN is set, the TCAP_EDGE will be forced to 11. | ||
[20] | TCAP_CNT_MODE | Timer Capture Counting Mode Selection |
This bit indicates the behavior of 24-bit up-counting timer while TCAP_EN is set to high. | ||
If this bit is 0, the free-counting mode, the behavior of 24-bit up-counting timer is defined by MODE_SEL field. | ||
When TCAP_EN is set, TCAP_MODE is 0, and the transition of Tcapture pin matches the TCAP_EDGE setting, the value of 24-bit up-counting timer will be saved into register TMRx_TCAPn. | ||
If this bit is 1, Trigger-counting mode, 24-bit up-counting timer will be not counting and keep its value at zero. | ||
When TCAP_EN is set, TCAP_MODE is 0, and once the transition of external pin matches the 1st transition of TCAP_EDGE setting, the 24-bit up-counting timer will start counting. | ||
And then if the transition of external pin matches the 2nd transition of TCAP_EDGE setting, the 24-bit up-counting timer will stop counting. | ||
And its value will be saved into register TMRx_TCAPn. | ||
0 = Capture with free-counting timer mode. | ||
1 = Capture with trigger-counting timer mode. | ||
Note: For TMRx+1_CTL, if INTR_TRG_EN is set, the CAP_CNT_MOD will be forced to high, the capture with Trigger-counting Timer mode. | ||
[22] | TCAP_DEB_EN | Tcapture Pin De-Bounce Enable |
When CAP_DEB_EN is set, the Tcapture pin de-bounce circuit will be enabled to eliminate the bouncing of the signal. | ||
In de-bounce circuit the Tcapture pin signal will be sampled 4 times by TMRx_CLK. | ||
0 = De-bounce circuit Disabled. | ||
1 = De-bounce circuit Enabled. | ||
Note: When TCAP_EN is enabled, enable this bit is recommended. | ||
And, while TCAP_EN is disabled, disable this bit is recommended to save power consumption. | ||
[24] | INTR_TRG_EN | Inter-Timer Trigger Mode Enable |
This bit controls if Inter-timer Trigger mode is enabled. | ||
If Inter-timer Trigger mode is enabled, the TMRx will be in counter mode and counting with external Clock Source or event. | ||
And, TMRx+1 will be in trigger-counting mode of capture function. | ||
0 = Inter-timer trigger mode Disabled. | ||
1 = Inter-timer trigger mode Enabled. | ||
Note: For TMRx+1_CTL, this bit is ignored and the read back value is always 1'b0. |
Definition at line 9885 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RX_RST | RX Software Reset |
When RX_RST is set, all the bytes in the receiving FIFO and RX internal state machine are cleared. | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Reset the RX internal state machine and pointers. | ||
Note: This bit will be auto cleared and take at least 3 UART engine clock cycles. | ||
[1] | TX_RST | TX Software Reset |
When TX_RST is set, all the bytes in the transmitting FIFO and TX internal state machine are cleared. | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Reset the TX internal state machine and pointers. | ||
Note: This bit will be auto cleared and take at least 3 UART engine clock cycles. | ||
[2] | RX_DIS | Receiver Disable Register |
The receiver is disabled or not (set "1" to disable receiver) | ||
0 = Receiver Enabled. | ||
1 = Receiver Disabled. | ||
Note1: When used for RS-485 NMM mode, user can set this bit to receive data before detecting address byte. | ||
Note2: In RS-485 AAD mode, this bit will be setting to "1" automatically. | ||
Note3: In RS-485 AUD mode and LIN "break + sync +PID" header mode, hardware will control data automatically, so don't fill any value to this bit. | ||
[3] | TX_DIS | Transfer Disable Register |
The transceiver is disabled or not (set "1" to disable transceiver) | ||
0 = Transfer Enabled. | ||
1 = Transfer Disabled. | ||
[4] | AUTO_RTS_EN | RTSn Auto-Flow Control Enable |
0 = RTSn auto-flow control. Disabled. | ||
1 = RTSn auto-flow control Enabled. | ||
Note: When RTSn auto-flow is enabled, if the number of bytes in the RX-FIFO equals the UART_FCR [RTS_Tri_Lev], the UART will reassert RTSn signal. | ||
[5] | AUTO_CTS_EN | CTSn Auto-Flow Control Enable |
0 = CTSn auto-flow control. Disabled | ||
1 = CTSn auto-flow control Enabled. | ||
Note: When CTSn auto-flow is enabled, the UART will send data to external device when CTSn input assert (UART will not send data to device until CTSn is asserted). | ||
[6] | DMA_RX_EN | RX DMA Enable |
This bit can enable or disable RX PDMA service. | ||
0 = RX PDMA service function Disabled. | ||
1 = RX PDMA service function Enabled. | ||
[7] | DMA_TX_EN | TX DMA Enable |
This bit can enable or disable TX PDMA service. | ||
0 = TX PDMA service function Disabled. | ||
1 = TX PDMA service function Enabled. | ||
[8] | WAKE_CTS_EN | CTSn Wake-Up Function Enable |
0 = CTSn wake-up system function Disabled. | ||
1 = Wake-up function Enabled when the system is in power-down mode, an external CTSn change will wake-up system from power-down mode. | ||
[9] | WAKE_DATA_EN | Incoming Data Wake-Up Function Enable |
0 = Incoming data wake-up system Disabled. | ||
1 = Incoming data wake-up function Enabled when the system is in power-down mode, incoming data will wake-up system from power-down mode. | ||
Note: Hardware will clear this bit when the incoming data wake-up operation finishes and "system clock" work stable | ||
[12] | ABAUD_EN | Auto-Baud Rate Detect Enable |
0 = Auto-baud rate detect function Disabled. | ||
1 = Auto-baud rate detect function Enabled. | ||
Note: When the auto-baud rate detect operation finishes, hardware will clear this bit and the associated interrupt (INT_ABAUD) will be generated (If UART_IER [ABAUD_IE] be enabled). |
Definition at line 10187 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | USB_EN | USB Function Enable |
0 = USB Disabled. | ||
1 = USB Enabled. | ||
[1] | PHY_EN | PHY Transceiver Enable |
0 = PHY transceiver Disabled. | ||
1 = PHY transceiver Enabled. | ||
[2] | PWRDB | Power Down PHY Transceiver, Low Active |
0 = Power-down related circuit of PHY transceiver. | ||
1 = Turn-on related circuit of PHY transceiver. | ||
[3] | DPPU_EN | Pull-Up Resistor On USB_DP Enable |
0 = Pull-up resistor in USB_DP bus Disabled. | ||
1 = Pull-up resistor in USB_DP bus will be active. | ||
[4] | DRVSE0 | Force USB PHY Transceiver To Drive SE0 (Single Ended Zero) |
The Single Ended Zero is present when both lines (USB_DP, USB_DM) are being pulled low. | ||
0 = None. | ||
1 = Force USB PHY transceiver to drive SE0. | ||
The default value is "1". | ||
[8] | RWAKEUP | Remote Wake-Up |
0 = Don't force USB bus to K state. | ||
1 = Force USB bus to K (USB_DP low, USB_DM: high) state, used for remote wake-up. | ||
[9] | WAKEUP_EN | Wake-Up Function Enable |
0 = USB wake-up function Disabled. | ||
1 = USB wake-up function Enabled. |
Definition at line 10950 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t WDT_T::CTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | WTR | Clear Watchdog Timer |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Set this bit will clear the Watchdog timer. | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Reset the contents of the Watchdog timer. | ||
Note: This bit will be auto cleared after few clock cycles. | ||
[1] | WTRE | Watchdog Timer Reset Function Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Setting this bit will enable the Watchdog timer reset function. | ||
0 = Watchdog timer reset function Disabled. | ||
1 = Watchdog timer reset function Enabled. | ||
[2] | WTWKE | Watchdog Timer Wake-Up Function Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Watchdog timer Wake-up CPU function Disabled. | ||
1 = Wake-up function Enabled so that Watchdog timer time-out can wake up CPU from power-down mode. | ||
[3] | WTE | Watchdog Timer Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Watchdog timer Disabled (this action will reset the internal counter). | ||
1 = Watchdog timer Enabled. | ||
[6:4] | WTIS | Watchdog Timer Interval Selection |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
These three bits select the time-out interval for the Watchdog timer. | ||
This count is free running counter. | ||
Please refer to the Table 5-16. | ||
[9:8] | WTRDSEL | Watchdog Timer Reset Delay Select |
When watchdog timeout happened, software has a time named watchdog reset delay period to clear watchdog timer to prevent watchdog reset happened. | ||
Software can select a suitable value of watchdog reset delay period for different watchdog timeout period. | ||
00 = Watchdog reset delay period is 1026 watchdog clock | ||
01 = Watchdog reset delay period is 130 watchdog clock | ||
10 = Watchdog reset delay period is 18 watchdog clock | ||
11 = Watchdog reset delay period is 3 watchdog clock | ||
This register will be reset if watchdog reset happened |
Definition at line 11375 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DAC_T::CTL0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | DACEN | DAC Enable |
0 = Power down DAC. | ||
1 = Power on DAC. | ||
Note: When DAC is powered on, DAC will automatically start conversion after waiting for DACPWONSTBCNT+1 PCLK cycle | ||
[1] | DACIE | DAC Interrupt Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[6:4] | DACLSEL | DAC Load Selection |
Select the load trigger for the DAC latch. | ||
000 = DAC latch loads when DACx_DAT written | ||
001 = PDMA ACK | ||
010 = Rising edge of TMR0 | ||
011 = Rising edge of TMR1 | ||
100 = Rising edge of TMR2 | ||
101 = Rising edge of TMR3 | ||
Others = Reserved | ||
[21:8] | DACPWONSTBCNT | DACPWONSTBCNT |
DAC need 6 us to be stable after DAC is power on from power down state. | ||
This field controls a internal counter (in PCLK unit) to guarantee DAC stable time requirement. |
Definition at line 1508 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DAC_T::CTL1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | DACEN | DAC Enable |
0 = Power down DAC. | ||
1 = Power on DAC. | ||
Note: When DAC is powered on, DAC will automatically start conversion after waiting for DACPWONSTBCNT+1 PCLK cycle | ||
[1] | DACIE | DAC Interrupt Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[6:4] | DACLSEL | DAC Load Selection |
Select the load trigger for the DAC latch. | ||
000 = DAC latch loads when DACx_DAT written | ||
001 = PDMA ACK | ||
010 = Rising edge of TMR0 | ||
011 = Rising edge of TMR1 | ||
100 = Rising edge of TMR2 | ||
101 = Rising edge of TMR3 | ||
Others = Reserved | ||
[21:8] | DACPWONSTBCNT | DACPWONSTBCNT |
DAC need 6 us to be stable after DAC is power on from power down state. | ||
This field controls a internal counter (in PCLK unit) to guarantee DAC stable time requirement. |
Definition at line 1571 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2S_T::CTRL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | I2SEN | I2S Controller Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[1] | TXEN | Transmit Enable |
0 = Data transmitting Disabled. | ||
1 = Data transmitting Enabled. | ||
[2] | RXEN | Receive Enable |
0 = Data receiving Disabled. | ||
1 = Data receiving Enabled. | ||
[3] | MUTE | Transmitting Mute Enable |
0 = Transmit data in buffer to channel. | ||
1 = Transmit '0' to channel. | ||
[5:4] | WORDWIDTH | Word Width |
00 = Data is 8 bit. | ||
01 = Data is 16 bit. | ||
10 = Data is 24 bit. | ||
11 = Data is 32 bit. | ||
[6] | MONO | Monaural Data |
0 = Data is stereo format. | ||
1 = Data is monaural format and gets the right channel data from I2S bus when this mode is enabled. | ||
[7] | FORMAT | Data Format |
0 = I2S data format. | ||
1 = MSB justified data format. | ||
[8] | SLAVE | Slave Mode |
I2S can operate as master or Slave mode. | ||
For Master mode, I2S_BCLK and I2S_LRCLK pins are output mode and also outputs I2S_BCLK and I2S_LRCLK signals to the audio CODEC. | ||
When act as Slave mode, I2S_BCLK and I2S_LRCLK pins are input mode and I2S_BCLK and I2S_LRCLK signals are received from the outer audio CODEC chip. | ||
0 = Master mode. | ||
1 = Slave mode. | ||
[11:9] | TXTH | Transmit FIFO Threshold Level |
If remain data word (32 bits) in transmitting FIFO is the same or less than threshold level then TXTHF flag is set. | ||
000 = 1 word data in transmitting FIFO. | ||
001 = 2 word data in transmitting FIFO. | ||
010 = 3 word data in transmitting FIFO. | ||
011 = 4 word data in transmitting FIFO. | ||
100 = 5 word data in transmitting FIFO. | ||
101 = 6 word data in transmitting FIFO. | ||
110 = 7 word data in transmitting FIFO. | ||
111 = 8 word data in transmitting FIFO. | ||
[14:12] | RXTH | Receiving FIFO Threshold Level |
When received data word(s) in buffer is equal to or higher than threshold level, the RXTHF flag is set. | ||
000 = 1 word data in receiving FIFO. | ||
001 = 2 word data in receiving FIFO. | ||
010 = 3 word data in receiving FIFO. | ||
011 = 4 word data in receiving FIFO. | ||
100 = 5 word data in receiving FIFO. | ||
101 = 6 word data in receiving FIFO. | ||
110 = 7 word data in receiving FIFO. | ||
111 = 8 word data in receiving FIFO. | ||
[15] | MCLKEN | Master Clock Enable |
Enable master MCLK timing output to the external audio codec device. | ||
The output frequency is according to MCLK_DIV[2:0] in the I2S_CLKDIV register. | ||
0 = Master Clock Disabled. | ||
1 = Master Clock Enabled. | ||
[16] | RCHZCEN | Right Channel Zero Cross Detect Enable |
If this bit is set to "1", when right channel data sign bit is changed or next shift data bits are all zero then RZCF flag in I2S_STATUS register is set to "1". | ||
It works on transmitting mode only. | ||
0 = Right channel zero cross detection Disabled. | ||
1 = Right channel zero cross detection Enabled. | ||
[17] | LCHZCEN | Left Channel Zero Cross Detect Enable |
If this bit is set to "1", when left channel data sign bit is changed or next shift data bits are all zero then LZCF flag in I2S_STATUS register is set to "1". | ||
It works on transmitting mode only. | ||
0 = Left channel zero cross detection Disabled. | ||
1 = Left channel zero cross detection Enabled. | ||
[18] | CLR_TXFIFO | Clear Transmit FIFO |
Write "1" to clear transmitting FIFO, internal pointer is reset to FIFO start point, TX_LEVEL[3:0] returns to zero and transmitting FIFO becomes empty but data in transmit FIFO is not changed. | ||
This bit is cleared by hardware automatically, read it to return zero. | ||
[19] | CLR_RXFIFO | Clear Receiving FIFO |
Write "1" to clear receiving FIFO, internal pointer is reset to FIFO start point, and RX_LEVEL[3:0] returns to zero and receiving FIFO becomes empty. | ||
This bit is cleared by hardware automatically, and read it return zero. | ||
[20] | TXDMA | Enable Transmit DMA |
When TX DMA is enabled, I2S requests PDMA to transfer data from memory to transmitting FIFO if FIFO is not full | ||
0 = TX DMA Disabled. | ||
1 = TX DMA Enabled. | ||
[21] | RXDMA | Enable Receive DMA |
When RX DMA is enabled, I2S requests PDMA to transfer data from receiving FIFO to memory if FIFO is not empty. | ||
0 = RX DMA Disabled. | ||
1 = RX DMA Enabled. | ||
[23] | RXLCH | Receive Left Channel Enable |
When monaural format is selected (MONO = 1), I2S will receive right channel data if RXLCH is set to 0, and receive left channel data if RXLCH is set to 1. | ||
0 = Receives right channel data when monaural format is selected. | ||
1 = Receives left channel data when monaural format is selected. |
Definition at line 4624 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PDMA_T::DAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | PDMA_DAR | PDMA Transfer Destination Address Register |
This field indicates a 32-bit destination address of PDMA. | ||
Note : The destination address must be word alignment |
Definition at line 5987 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t VDMA_T::DAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | VDMA_DAR | VDMA Transfer Destination Address Register |
This field indicates a 32-bit destination address of VDMA. |
Definition at line 6172 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t VDMA_T::DASOCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | DASTOBL | VDMA Destination Address Stride Offset Byte Length |
The 16-bit register defines the destination address stride transfer offset count of each row. |
Definition at line 6289 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::DATA |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | DATA | I2C Data Register |
The DATA contains a byte of serial data to be transmitted or a byte which has just been received. | ||
The user can read from or write to this 8-bit I2CDATA register directly while it is not in the process of shifting a byte. | ||
This occurs when the serial interrupt flag is set. | ||
Data in DATA remains stable as long as I2C_STS bit is set. | ||
While data is being shifted out, data on the bus is simultaneously being shifted in; The DATA always contains the last data byte present on the bus. | ||
Thus, in the event of arbitration lost, the transition from master transmitter to slave receiver is made with the correct data in DATA. | ||
DATA and the acknowledge bit form a 9-bit shift register, the acknowledge bit is controlled by the device hardware and cannot be accessed by the user. | ||
Serial data is shifted through the acknowledge bit into DATA on the rising edges of serial clock pulses on the SCL line. | ||
When a byte has been shifted into DATA, the serial data is available in DATA, and the acknowledge bit (ACK or NACK) is returned by the control logic during the ninth clock pulse. |
Definition at line 4343 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DAC_T::DATA0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[11:0] | DACData | DAC data |
Definition at line 1519 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::DATA0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | PWMx_DATAy15_0 | PWM Data Register |
User can monitor PWMx_DATAy to know the current value in 16-bit down count counter. | ||
[30:16] | PWMx_DATAy30_16 | PWM Data Register |
User can monitor PWMx_DATAy to know the current value in 32-bit down count counter | ||
Notes:This will be valid only for the corresponding cascade enable .bit is set | ||
[31] | sync | Indicate That CNR Value Is Sync To PWM Counter |
0 = CNR value is sync to PWM counter. | ||
1 = CNR value is not sync to PWM counter. | ||
Note: when the corresponding cascade enable .bit is set is bit will not appear in the corresponding channel |
Definition at line 6828 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DAC_T::DATA1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[11:0] | DACData | DAC data |
Definition at line 1582 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::DATA1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | PWMx_DATAy15_0 | PWM Data Register |
User can monitor PWMx_DATAy to know the current value in 16-bit down count counter. | ||
[30:16] | PWMx_DATAy30_16 | PWM Data Register |
User can monitor PWMx_DATAy to know the current value in 32-bit down count counter | ||
Notes:This will be valid only for the corresponding cascade enable .bit is set | ||
[31] | sync | Indicate That CNR Value Is Sync To PWM Counter |
0 = CNR value is sync to PWM counter. | ||
1 = CNR value is not sync to PWM counter. | ||
Note: when the corresponding cascade enable .bit is set is bit will not appear in the corresponding channel |
Definition at line 6879 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::DATA2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | PWMx_DATAy15_0 | PWM Data Register |
User can monitor PWMx_DATAy to know the current value in 16-bit down count counter. | ||
[30:16] | PWMx_DATAy30_16 | PWM Data Register |
User can monitor PWMx_DATAy to know the current value in 32-bit down count counter | ||
Notes:This will be valid only for the corresponding cascade enable .bit is set | ||
[31] | sync | Indicate That CNR Value Is Sync To PWM Counter |
0 = CNR value is sync to PWM counter. | ||
1 = CNR value is not sync to PWM counter. | ||
Note: when the corresponding cascade enable .bit is set is bit will not appear in the corresponding channel |
Definition at line 6930 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::DATA3 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | PWMx_DATAy15_0 | PWM Data Register |
User can monitor PWMx_DATAy to know the current value in 16-bit down count counter. | ||
[30:16] | PWMx_DATAy30_16 | PWM Data Register |
User can monitor PWMx_DATAy to know the current value in 32-bit down count counter | ||
Notes:This will be valid only for the corresponding cascade enable .bit is set | ||
[31] | sync | Indicate That CNR Value Is Sync To PWM Counter |
0 = CNR value is sync to PWM counter. | ||
1 = CNR value is not sync to PWM counter. | ||
Note: when the corresponding cascade enable .bit is set is bit will not appear in the corresponding channel |
Definition at line 6979 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::DBEN |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | DBEN | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Input Signal De-Bounce Enable |
DBEN[n] used to enable the de-bounce function for each corresponding bit. | ||
If the input signal pulse width cannot be sampled by continuous two de-bounce sample cycle the input signal transition is seen as the signal bounce and will not trigger the interrupt. | ||
DBEN[n] is used for "edge-trigger" interrupt only, and ignored for "level trigger" interrupt | ||
0 = The GPIO port [x] Pin [n] input signal de-bounce function is disabled. | ||
1 = The GPIO port [x] Pin [n] input signal de-bounce function is enabled. | ||
The de-bounce function is valid for edge triggered interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt mode is level triggered, the de-bounce enable bit is ignored. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_DBEN, bits [15:6] are reserved. |
Definition at line 3618 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GP_DB_T::DBNCECON |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | PUEN | De-Bounce Sampling Cycle Selection |
0000 = Sample interrupt input once per 1 clock. | ||
0001 = Sample interrupt input once per 2 clock. | ||
0010 = Sample interrupt input once per 4 clock. | ||
0011 = Sample interrupt input once per 8 clock. | ||
0100 = Sample interrupt input once per 16 clock. | ||
0101 = Sample interrupt input once per 32 clock. | ||
0110 = Sample interrupt input once per 64 clock. | ||
0111 = Sample interrupt input once per 128 clock. | ||
1000 = Sample interrupt input once per 256 clock. | ||
1001 = Sample interrupt input once per 512 clock. | ||
1010 = Sample interrupt input once per 1024 clock. | ||
1011 = Sample interrupt input once per 2048 clock. | ||
1100 = Sample interrupt input once per 4096 clock. | ||
1101 = Sample interrupt input once per 8192 clock. | ||
1110 = Sample interrupt input once per 16384 clock. | ||
1111 = Sample interrupt input once per 32768 clock. | ||
[4] | DBCLKSRC | De-Bounce Counter Clock Source Selection |
0 = De-bounce counter Clock Source is the HCLK. | ||
1 = De-bounce counter Clock Source is the internal 10 kHz clock. | ||
[5] | DBCLK_ON | De-Bounce Clock Enable |
This bit controls if the de-bounce clock is enabled. | ||
However, if GPI/O pin's interrupt is enabled, the de-bounce clock will be enabled automatically no matter what the DBCLK_ON value is. | ||
If CPU is in sleep mode, this bit didn't take effect. | ||
And only the GPI/O pin with interrupt enable could get de-bounce clock. | ||
0 = De-bounce clock Disabled. | ||
1 = De-bounce clock Enabled. |
Definition at line 4013 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t FMC_T::DFBADR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | DFBA | Data Flash Base Address |
This register indicates data flash start address. It is a read only register. | ||
The data flash start address is defined by user. | ||
Since on chip flash erase unit is 512 bytes, it is mandatory to keep bit 8-0 as 0. |
Definition at line 1902 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::DISPCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CPUMP_EN | Charge Pump Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[2:1] | BIAS_SEL | Bias Selection |
00 = Static. | ||
01 = 1/2 Bias. | ||
10 = 1/3 Bias. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
[4] | IBRL_EN | Internal Bias Reference Ladder Enable |
0 = Bias reference ladder Disabled. | ||
1 = Bias reference ladder Enabled. | ||
[6] | BV_SEL | Bias Voltage Type Selection |
0 = C-Type bias mode. Bias voltage source from internal bias generator. | ||
1 = R-Type bias mode. Bias voltage source from external bias generator. | ||
Note: The external resistor ladder should be connected to the V1 pin, V2 pin, V3 pin and VSS. | ||
The VLCD pin should also be connected to VDD. | ||
[10:8] | CPUMP_VOL_SET | Charge Pump Voltage Selection |
000 = 2.7V. | ||
001 = 2.8V. | ||
010 = 2.9V. | ||
011 = 3.0V. | ||
100 = 3.1V. | ||
101 = 3.2V. | ||
110 = 3.3V. | ||
111 = 3.4V. | ||
[13:11] | CPUMP_FREQ | Charge Pump Frequency Selection |
000 = LCDCLK. | ||
001 = LCDCLK/2. | ||
010 = LCDCLK/4. | ||
011 = LCDCLK/8. | ||
100 = LCDCLK/16. | ||
101 = LCDCLK/32. | ||
110 = LCDCLK/64. | ||
111 = LCDCLK/128. |
Definition at line 5147 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::DIV |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | CLK_DIV | I2C Clock Divider Control Register |
The I2C clock rate bits: Data Baud Rate of I2C = PCLK /( 4 x ( CLK_DIV + 1)). | ||
Note: the minimum value of CLK_DIV is 4. |
Definition at line 4304 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SPI_T::DMA |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TX_DMA_EN | Transmit PDMA Enable (PDMA Writes Data To SPI) |
Set this bit to 1 will start the transmit PDMA process. | ||
SPI controller will issue request to PDMA controller automatically. | ||
If using PDMA mode to transfer data, remember not to set GO_BUSY bit of SPI_CNTRL register. | ||
The DMA controller inside SPI controller will set it automatically whenever necessary. | ||
Note: | ||
1. Two transaction need minimal 18 APB clock + 8 SPI serial clocks suspend interval in master mode for edge mode and 18 APB clock + 9.5 serial clocks for level mode. | ||
2. If the 2-bit function is enabled, the requirement timing shall append 18 APB clock based on the above clock period. | ||
Hardware will clear this bit to 0 automatically after PDMA transfer done. If FIFO mode not release, it should be remove. | ||
[1] | RX_DMA_EN | Receiving PDMA Enable(PDMA Reads SPI Data To Memory) |
Set this bit to "1" will start the receive PDMA process. | ||
SPI controller will issue request to PDMA controller automatically when there is data written into the received buffer or the status of RX_EMPTY status is set to 0 in FIFO mode. | ||
If using the RX_PDMA mode to receive data but TX_DMA is disabled, the GO_BUSY bit shall be set by user. | ||
Hardware will clear this bit to 0 automatically after PDMA transfer done. | ||
In Slave mode and the FIFO bit is disabled, if the receive PDMA is enabled but the transmit PDMA is disabled, the minimal suspend interval between two successive transactions input is need to be larger than 9 SPI slave engine clock + 4 APB clock for edge mode and 9.5 SPI slave engine clock + 4 APB clock | ||
[2] | PDMA_RST | PDMA Reset |
It is used to reset the SPI PDMA function into default state. | ||
0 = After reset PDMA function or in normal operation. | ||
1 = Reset PDMA function. | ||
Note: it is auto cleared to "0" after the reset function done. |
Definition at line 9526 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::DMABCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CRC_DMABCR | CRC DMA Transfer Byte Count Register |
This field indicates a 16-bit transfer byte count number of CRC DMA |
Definition at line 5645 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::DMACBCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CRC_DMACBCR | CRC DMA Current Byte Count Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the current remained byte count of CRC_DMA. | ||
Note: CRC_RST will clear this register value. |
Definition at line 5674 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::DMACSAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | CRC_DMACSAR | CRC DMA Current Source Address Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the source address where the CRC DMA transfer is just occurring. |
Definition at line 5659 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::DMAIER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TABORT_IE | CRC DMA Read/Write Target Abort Interrupt Enable |
0 = Target abort interrupt generation Disabled during CRC DMA transfer. | ||
1 = Target abort interrupt generation Enabled during CRC DMA transfer. | ||
[1] | BLKD_IE | CRC DMA Transfer Done Interrupt Enable |
0 = Interrupt generator Disabled during CRC DMA transfer done. | ||
1 = Interrupt generator Enabled during CRC DMA transfer done. |
Definition at line 5690 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::DMAISR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TABORT_IF | CRC DMA Read/Write Target Abort Interrupt Flag |
0 = No bus ERROR response received. | ||
1 = Bus ERROR response received. | ||
Software can write 1 to clear this bit to zero | ||
Note: The CRC_DMAISR [TABORT_IF] indicate bus master received ERROR response or not. | ||
If bus master received ERROR response, it means that target abort is happened. | ||
DMA will stop transfer and respond this event to software then go to IDLE state. | ||
When target abort occurred, software must reset DMA, and then transfer those data again. | ||
[1] | BLKD_IF | Block Transfer Done Interrupt Flag |
This bit indicates that CRC DMA has finished all transfer. | ||
0 = Not finished yet. | ||
1 = Done. | ||
Software can write 1 to clear this bit to zero |
Definition at line 5713 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::DMASAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | CRC_DMASAR | CRC DMA Transfer Source Address Register |
This field indicates a 32-bit source address of CRC DMA. | ||
Note : The source address must be word alignment |
Definition at line 5631 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::DMASK |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | DMASK | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Data Output Write Mask |
These bits are used to protect the corresponding register of GPIOx_DOUT bit [n]. | ||
When set the DMASK[n] to "1", the corresponding DOUT[n] bit is protected. | ||
The write signal is masked, write data to the protect bit is ignored. | ||
0 = The corresponding GPIO_DOUT bit [n] can be updated. | ||
1 = The corresponding GPIO_DOUT bit [n] is protected. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_DMASK, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
Note: These mask bits only take effect while CPU is doing write operation to register GPIOx_DOUT. | ||
If CPU is doing write operation to register GPIO[x][n], these mask bits will not take effect. |
Definition at line 3586 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::DOUT |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | DOUT | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Output Value |
Each of these bits controls the status of a GPIO port [x] pin [n] when the GPI/O pin is configures as output or open-drain mode | ||
0 = GPIO port [x] Pin [n] will drive Low if the corresponding output mode enabling bit is set. | ||
1 = GPIO port [x] Pin [n] will drive High if the corresponding output mode enabling bit is set. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_DOUT, bits [15:6] are reserved. |
Definition at line 3567 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t TIMER_T::DR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[23:0] | TDR | Timer Data Register |
User can read this register for internal 24-bit timer up-counter value. |
Definition at line 9976 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_GCR_T::DSSR0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[12:8] | CH1_SEL | Channel 1 Selection |
This filed defines which peripheral is connected to PDMA channel 1. | ||
Software can configure the peripheral by setting CH1_SEL. | ||
00000 = Connect to SPI0_TX. | ||
00001 = Connect to SPI1_TX. | ||
00010 = Connect to UART0_TX. | ||
00011 = Connect to UART1_TX. | ||
00100 = Connect to USB_TX. | ||
00101 = Connect to I2S_TX. | ||
00110 = Connect to DAC0_TX. | ||
00111 = Connect to DAC1_TX. | ||
01000 = Connect to SPI2_TX. | ||
01001 = Connect to TMR0. | ||
01010 = Connect to TMR1. | ||
01011 = Connect to TMR2. | ||
01100 = Connect to TMR3. | ||
10000 = Connect to SPI0_RX. | ||
10001 = Connect to SPI1_RX. | ||
10010 = Connect to UART0_RX. | ||
10011 = Connect to UART1_RX. | ||
10100 = Connect to USB_RX. | ||
10101 = Connect to I2S_RX. | ||
10110 = Connect to ADC. | ||
11000 = Connect to SPI2_RX. | ||
11001 = Connect to PWM0_CH0. | ||
11010 = Connect to PWM0_CH2. | ||
11011 = Connect to PWM1_CH0. | ||
11100 = Connect to PWM1_CH2. | ||
[20:16] | CH2_SEL | Channel 2 Selection |
This filed defines which peripheral is connected to PDMA channel 2. | ||
Software can configure the peripheral setting by CH2_SEL. | ||
The channel configuration is the same as CH1_SEL field. | ||
Please refer to the explanation of CH1_SEL. | ||
[28:24] | CH3_SEL | Channel 3 Selection |
This filed defines which peripheral is connected to PDMA channel 3. | ||
Software can configure the peripheral setting by CH3_SEL. | ||
The channel configuration is the same as CH1_SEL field. | ||
Please refer to the explanation of CH1_SEL. |
Definition at line 5843 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_GCR_T::DSSR1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[4:0] | CH4_SEL | Channel 4 Selection |
This filed defines which peripheral is connected to PDMA channel 4. | ||
Software can configure the peripheral by setting CH4_SEL. | ||
The channel configuration is the same as CH1_SEL field. | ||
Please refer to the explanation of CH1_SEL. | ||
[12:8] | CH5_SEL | Channel 5 Selection |
This filed defines which peripheral is connected to PDMA channel 5. | ||
Software can configure the peripheral setting by CH5_SEL. | ||
The channel configuration is the same as CH1_SEL field. | ||
Please refer to the explanation of CH1_SEL. | ||
[20:16] | CH6_SEL | Channel 6 Selection |
This filed defines which peripheral is connected to PDMA channel 6. | ||
Software can configure the peripheral setting by CH6_SEL. | ||
The channel configuration is the same as CH1_SEL field. | ||
Please refer to the explanation of CH1_SEL. |
Definition at line 5868 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::DUTY0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CN | PWM Counter/Timer Loaded Value |
CN determines the PWM period. | ||
PWM frequency = PWMxy_CLK/(prescale+1)*(clock divider)/(CN+1); where xy, could be 01, 23, depends on selected PWM channel. | ||
Duty ratio = (CM+1)/(CN+1). | ||
CM >= CN: PWM output is always high. | ||
CM < CN: PWM low width = (CN-CM) unit; PWM high width = (CM+1) unit. | ||
CM = 0: PWM low width = (CN) unit; PWM high width = 1 unit. | ||
(Unit = one PWM clock cycle). | ||
Note: | ||
Any write to CN will take effect in next PWM cycle. | ||
[31:16] | CM | PWM Comparator Register |
CM determines the PWM duty. | ||
PWM frequency = PWMxy_CLK/(prescale+1)*(clock divider)/(CN+1); where xy, could be 01, 23, depending on the selected PWM channel. | ||
Duty ratio = (CM+1)/(CN+1). | ||
CM >= CN: PWM output is always high. | ||
CM < CN: PWM low width = (CN-CM) unit; PWM high width = (CM+1) unit. | ||
CM = 0: PWM low width = (CN) unit; PWM high width = 1 unit. | ||
(Unit = one PWM clock cycle). | ||
Note: | ||
Any write to CM will take effect in next PWM cycle. |
Definition at line 6809 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::DUTY1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CN | PWM Counter/Timer Loaded Value |
CN determines the PWM period. | ||
PWM frequency = PWMxy_CLK/(prescale+1)*(clock divider)/(CN+1); where xy, could be 01, 23, depends on selected PWM channel. | ||
Duty ratio = (CM+1)/(CN+1). | ||
CM >= CN: PWM output is always high. | ||
CM < CN: PWM low width = (CN-CM) unit; PWM high width = (CM+1) unit. | ||
CM = 0: PWM low width = (CN) unit; PWM high width = 1 unit. | ||
(Unit = one PWM clock cycle). | ||
Note: | ||
Any write to CN will take effect in next PWM cycle. | ||
[31:16] | CM | PWM Comparator Register |
CM determines the PWM duty. | ||
PWM frequency = PWMxy_CLK/(prescale+1)*(clock divider)/(CN+1); where xy, could be 01, 23, depending on the selected PWM channel. | ||
Duty ratio = (CM+1)/(CN+1). | ||
CM >= CN: PWM output is always high. | ||
CM < CN: PWM low width = (CN-CM) unit; PWM high width = (CM+1) unit. | ||
CM = 0: PWM low width = (CN) unit; PWM high width = 1 unit. | ||
(Unit = one PWM clock cycle). | ||
Note: | ||
Any write to CM will take effect in next PWM cycle. |
Definition at line 6860 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::DUTY2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CN | PWM Counter/Timer Loaded Value |
CN determines the PWM period. | ||
PWM frequency = PWMxy_CLK/(prescale+1)*(clock divider)/(CN+1); where xy, could be 01, 23, depends on selected PWM channel. | ||
Duty ratio = (CM+1)/(CN+1). | ||
CM >= CN: PWM output is always high. | ||
CM < CN: PWM low width = (CN-CM) unit; PWM high width = (CM+1) unit. | ||
CM = 0: PWM low width = (CN) unit; PWM high width = 1 unit. | ||
(Unit = one PWM clock cycle). | ||
Note: | ||
Any write to CN will take effect in next PWM cycle. | ||
[31:16] | CM | PWM Comparator Register |
CM determines the PWM duty. | ||
PWM frequency = PWMxy_CLK/(prescale+1)*(clock divider)/(CN+1); where xy, could be 01, 23, depending on the selected PWM channel. | ||
Duty ratio = (CM+1)/(CN+1). | ||
CM >= CN: PWM output is always high. | ||
CM < CN: PWM low width = (CN-CM) unit; PWM high width = (CM+1) unit. | ||
CM = 0: PWM low width = (CN) unit; PWM high width = 1 unit. | ||
(Unit = one PWM clock cycle). | ||
Note: | ||
Any write to CM will take effect in next PWM cycle. |
Definition at line 6911 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::DUTY3 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | CN | PWM Counter/Timer Loaded Value |
CN determines the PWM period. | ||
PWM frequency = PWMxy_CLK/(prescale+1)*(clock divider)/(CN+1); where xy, could be 01, 23, depends on selected PWM channel. | ||
Duty ratio = (CM+1)/(CN+1). | ||
CM >= CN: PWM output is always high. | ||
CM < CN: PWM low width = (CN-CM) unit; PWM high width = (CM+1) unit. | ||
CM = 0: PWM low width = (CN) unit; PWM high width = 1 unit. | ||
(Unit = one PWM clock cycle). | ||
Note: Any write to CN will take effect in next PWM cycle. | ||
[31:16] | CM | PWM Comparator Register |
CM determines the PWM duty. | ||
PWM frequency = PWMxy_CLK/(prescale+1)*(clock divider)/(CN+1); where xy, could be 01, 23, depending on the selected PWM channel. | ||
Duty ratio = (CM+1)/(CN+1). | ||
CM >= CN: PWM output is always high. | ||
CM < CN: PWM low width = (CN-CM) unit; PWM high width = (CM+1) unit. | ||
CM = 0: PWM low width = (CN) unit; PWM high width = 1 unit. | ||
(Unit = one PWM clock cycle). | ||
Note: Any write to CM will take effect in next PWM cycle. |
Definition at line 6960 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::DWR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | DWR | Day Of The Week Register |
000 = Sunday. | ||
001 = Monday. | ||
010 = Tuesday. | ||
011 = Wednesday. | ||
100 = Thursday. | ||
101 = Friday. | ||
110 = Saturday. |
Definition at line 7902 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t EBI_T::EBICON |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | ExtEN | EBI Enable |
This bit is the functional enable bit for EBI. | ||
0 = EBI function is disabled. | ||
1 = EBI function is enabled. | ||
[1] | ExtBW16 | EBI Data Width 16-Bit |
This bit defines if the data bus is 8-bit or 16-bit. | ||
0 = EBI data width is 8-bit. | ||
1 = EBI data width is 16-bit. | ||
[10:8] | MCLKDIV | External Output Clock Divider |
The frequency of EBI output clock is controlled by MCLKDIV as shown in the following table. | ||
000 = HCLK/1. | ||
001 = HCLK/2. | ||
010 = HCLK/4. | ||
011 = HCLK/8. | ||
100 = HCLK/16. | ||
101 = HCLK/32. | ||
110 = Default. | ||
111 = Default. | ||
Notice: Default value of output clock is HCLK/1 | ||
[11] | MCLKEN | External Clock Enable |
This bit control if EBI generates the clock to external device. | ||
If external device is a synchronous device, it's necessary to set this bit high to enable EBI generating clock to external device. | ||
If the external device is an asynchronous device, keep this bit low is recommended to save power consumption. | ||
0 = EBI Disabled to generate clock to external device. | ||
1 = EBI Enabled to generate clock to external device. | ||
[18:16] | ExttALE | Expand Time Of ALE |
The ALE width (tALE) to latch the address can be controlled by ExttALE. | ||
tALE = (ExttALE+1)*MCLK. |
Definition at line 1718 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::EGTR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | EGT | Extended Guard Time |
This field indicates the extended guard timer value. | ||
Note: The counter is ETU based and the real extended guard time is EGT. |
Definition at line 8491 of file Nano100Series.h.
USBD_EP_T USBD_T::EP[8] |
Definition at line 11126 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t USBD_T::EPSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7] | OVERRUN | Overrun |
It means the received data is over the maximum payload number or not. | ||
0 = No overrun. | ||
1 = Out Data more than the Max Payload in MXPLD register or the Setup Data more than 8 Bytes. | ||
[11:8] | EPSTS0 | Endpoint 0 Bus Status |
These bits are used to show the current status of this endpoint. | ||
Definition is the same with EPSTS5(USB_EPSTS[27:24]). | ||
[15:12] | EPSTS1 | Endpoint 1 Bus Status |
These bits are used to show the current status of this endpoint. | ||
Definition is the same with EPSTS5(USB_EPSTS[27:24]). | ||
[19:16] | EPSTS2 | Endpoint 2 Bus Status |
These bits are used to show the current status of this endpoint. | ||
Definition is the same with EPSTS5(USB_EPSTS[27:24]). | ||
[23:20] | EPSTS3 | Endpoint 3 Bus Status |
These bits are used to show the current status of this endpoint. | ||
Definition is the same with EPSTS5(USB_EPSTS[27:24]). | ||
[27:24] | EPSTS4 | Endpoint 4 Bus Status |
These bits are used to show the current status of this endpoint. | ||
Definition is the same with EPSTS5(USB_EPSTS[27:24]). | ||
[31:28] | EPSTS5 | Endpoint 5 Bus Status |
These bits are used to show the current status of this endpoint. | ||
0000 = INACK. | ||
0001 = IN NAK (INTERNAL ONLY). | ||
0010 = OUT Packet Data0 ACK. | ||
0011 = Setup ACK | ||
0110 = OUT Packet Data1 ACK. | ||
0111 = Isochronous transfer end. |
Definition at line 11094 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t USBD_T::EPSTS2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | EPSTS6 | Endpoint 6 Bus Status |
These bits are used to show the current status of this endpoint. | ||
Definition is the same with EPSTS5(USB_EPSTS[27:24]). | ||
[6:4] | EPSTS7 | Endpoint 7 Bus Status |
These bits are used to show the current status of this endpoint. | ||
Definition is the same with EPSTS5(USB_EPSTS[27:24]). |
Definition at line 11123 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::ETUCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[11:0] | ETU_RDIV | ETU Rate Divider |
The field indicates the clock rate divider. | ||
The real ETU is ETU_RDIV + 1. | ||
Note1: Software can configure this field, but this field must be greater than 0x04. | ||
Note2: Software can configure this field, but if the error rate is equal to 2%, this field must be greater than 0x040. | ||
[15] | COMPEN_EN | Compensation Mode Enable |
This bit enables clock compensation function. | ||
When this bit enabled, hardware will alternate between n clock cycles and (n-1) clock cycles, where n is the value to be written into the ETU_RDIV register. | ||
0 = Compensation function Disabled. | ||
1 = Compensation function Enabled. |
Definition at line 8526 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t EBI_T::EXTIME |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[4:0] | ExttACC | EBI Data Access Time |
ExttACC define data access time (tACC). | ||
tACC = (ExttACC +1) * MCLK. | ||
[10:8] | ExttAHD | EBI Data Access Hold Time |
ExttAHD define data access hold time (tAHD). | ||
tAHD = (ExttAHD +1) * MCLK. | ||
[15:12] | ExtIW2X | Idle State Cycle After Write |
When write action is finish, idle state is inserted and nCS return to high if ExtIW2X is not zero. | ||
Idle state cycle = (ExtIW2X*MCLK). | ||
[19:16] | ExtIR2W | Idle State Cycle Between Read-Write |
When read action is finish and next action is going to write, idle state is inserted and nCS return to high if ExtIR2W is not zero. | ||
Idle state cycle = (ExtIR2W*MCLK). | ||
[27:24] | ExtIR2R | Idle State Cycle Between Read-Read |
When read action is finish and next action is going to read, idle state is inserted and nCS return to high if ExtIR2R is not zero. | ||
Idle state cycle = (ExtIR2R*MCLK). |
Definition at line 1743 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_T::FADDR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[6:0] | FADDR | USB device's function address |
Definition at line 11057 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::FCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | FCEN | LCD Frame Counter Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[1] | FCINTEN | LCD Frame Counter Interrupt Enable |
0 = Frame counter interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Frame counter interrupt Enabled. | ||
[3:2] | PRESCL | Frame Counter Pre-Scaler Value |
00 = CLKframe/1. | ||
01 = CLKframe/2. | ||
10 = CLKframe/4. | ||
11 = CLKframe/8. | ||
[9:4] | FCV | Frame Counter Top Value |
These 6 bits contain the top value of the Frame counter. |
Definition at line 5350 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::FCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | FRACTION | Fraction Part |
Formula = (fraction part of detected value) x 64. | ||
Note: Digit in FCR must be expressed as hexadecimal number. | ||
[11:8] | INTEGER | Integer Part |
0000 = 32761. | ||
0001 = 32762. | ||
0010 = 32763. | ||
0011 = 32764. | ||
0100 = 32765. | ||
0101 = 32766. | ||
0110 = 32767. | ||
0111 = 32768. | ||
1000 = 32769. | ||
1001 = 32770. | ||
1010 = 32771. | ||
1011 = 32772. | ||
1100 = 32773. | ||
1101 = 32774. | ||
1110 = 32775. | ||
1111 = 32776. |
Definition at line 7838 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::FCSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | FCSTS | LCD Frame Counter Status |
0 = Frame counter value does not reach FCV (Frame Count TOP value). | ||
1 = Frame counter value reaches FCV (Frame Count TOP value). | ||
If the FCINTEN is s enabled, the frame counter overflow Interrupt is generated. | ||
[1] | PDSTS | Power-Down Interrupt Status |
0 = Inform system manager that LCD controller is not ready to enter power-down state until this bit becomes 1 if power down is set and one frame is not executed completely. | ||
1 = Inform system manager that LCD controller is ready to enter power-down state if power down is set and one frame is executed completely |
Definition at line 5367 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SPI_T::FFCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RX_CLR | Receiving FIFO Counter Clear |
This bit is used to clear the receiver counter in FIFO Mode. | ||
This bit can be written "1" to clear the receiver counter and this bit will be cleared to "0" automatically after clearing receiving counter. | ||
After the clear operation, the flag of RX_EMPTY in SPI_STATUS[0] will be set to "1". | ||
[1] | TX_CLR | Transmitting FIFO Counter Clear |
This bit is used to clear the transmit counter in FIFO Mode. | ||
This bit can be written "1" to clear the transmitting counter and this bit will be cleared to "0" automatically after clearing transmitting counter. | ||
After the clear operation, the flag of TX_EMPTY in SPI_STATUS[2] will be set to "1". | ||
[2] | RXINT_EN | RX Threshold Interrupt Enable |
0 = Rx threshold interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = RX threshold interrupt Enable. | ||
[3] | TXINT_EN | TX Threshold Interrupt Enable |
0 = Tx threshold interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = TX threshold interrupt Enable. | ||
[4] | RXOVINT_EN | RX FIFO Over Run Interrupt Enable |
0 = RX FIFO over run interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = RX FIFO over run interrupt Enabled. | ||
[7] | TIMEOUT_EN | RX Read Timeout Function Enable |
0 = RX read Timeout function Disabled. | ||
1 = RX read Timeout function Enabled. | ||
[26:24] | RX_THRESHOLD | Received FIFO Threshold |
3-bits register, value from 0 ~7. | ||
If RX valid data counts large than RXTHRESHOLD, RXINT_STS will set to 1, else RXINT_STS will set to 0. | ||
[30:28] | TX_THRESHOLD | Transmit FIFO Threshold |
3-bit register, value from 0 ~7. | ||
If TX valid data counts small or equal than TXTHRESHOLD, TXINT_STS will set to 1, else TXINT_STS will set to 0 |
Definition at line 9562 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::FRQDIV |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | FSEL | Divider Output Frequency Selection Bits |
The formula of output frequency is | ||
Fout = Fin/2^(N+1),. | ||
Where Fin is the input clock frequency, Fout is the frequency of divider output clock and N is the 4-bit value of FSEL[3:0]. | ||
[4] | FDIV_EN | Frequency Divider Enable Bit |
0 = Frequency Divider Disabled. | ||
1 = Frequency Divider Enabled. |
Definition at line 1146 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::FSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RX_OVER_F | RX Overflow Error Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when RX-FIFO overflow. | ||
If the number of bytes of received data is greater than RX-FIFO (UART_RBR) size, 16 bytes of UART0/UART1, this bit will be set. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[1] | RX_EMPTY_F | Receiver FIFO Empty (Read Only) |
This bit initiate RX-FIFO empty or not. | ||
When the last byte of RX-FIFO has been read by CPU, hardware sets this bit high. | ||
It will be cleared when UART receives any new data. | ||
[2] | RX_FULL_F | Receiver FIFO Full (Read Only) |
This bit initiates RX-FIFO full or not. | ||
This bit is set when RX_POINTER_F is equal to 16, otherwise is cleared by hardware. | ||
[4] | PE_F | Parity Error State Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" whenever the received character does not have a valid "parity bit", and it is reset whenever the CPU writes "1" to this bit. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[5] | FE_F | Framing Error Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" whenever the received character does not have a valid "stop bit" (that is, the stop bit following the last data bit or parity bit is detected as a logic "0"), and it is reset whenever the CPU writes "1" to this bit. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[6] | BI_F | Break Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to a logic "1" whenever the received data input(RX) is held in the "spacing state" (logic "0") for longer than a full word transmission time (that is, the total time of "start bit" + data bits + parity + stop bits) and it is reset whenever the CPU writes "1" to this bit. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[8] | TX_OVER_F | TX Overflow Error Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
If TX-FIFO (UART_THR) is full, an additional write to UART_THR will cause this bit to logic "1". | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[9] | TX_EMPTY_F | Transmitter FIFO Empty (Read Only) |
This bit indicates TX-FIFO empty or not. | ||
When the last byte of TX-FIFO has been transferred to Transmitter Shift Register, hardware sets this bit high. | ||
It will be cleared when writing data into THR (TX-FIFO not empty). | ||
[10] | TX_FULL_F | Transmitter FIFO Full (Read Only) |
This bit indicates TX-FIFO full or not. | ||
This bit is set when TX_POINTER_F is equal to 16, otherwise is cleared by hardware. | ||
[11] | TE_F | Transmitter Empty Status Flag (Read Only) |
Bit is set by hardware when TX is inactive. (TX shift register does not have data) | ||
Bit is cleared automatically when TX-FIFO is transfer data to TX shift register or TX is empty but the transfer does not finish. | ||
[20:16] | RX_POINTER_F | RX-FIFO Pointer (Read Only) |
This field indicates the RX-FIFO Buffer Pointer. | ||
When UART receives one byte from external device, RX_POINTER_F increases one. | ||
When one byte of RX-FIFO is read by CPU, RX_POINTER_F decreases one. | ||
[28:24] | TX_POINTER_F | TX-FIFO Pointer (Read Only) |
This field indicates the TX-FIFO Buffer Pointer. | ||
When CPU writes one byte data into UART_THR, TX_POINTER_F increases one. | ||
When one byte of TX-FIFO is transferred to Transmitter Shift Register, TX_POINTER_F decreases one. |
Definition at line 10421 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::FUN_SEL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1:0] | FUN_SEL | Function Select Enable |
00 = UART function mode. | ||
01 = LIN function mode. | ||
10 = IrDA Function. | ||
11 = RS-485 Function. |
Definition at line 10577 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_GCR_T::GCRCSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[8] | CLK0_EN | DMA Controller Channel 0 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[9] | CLK1_EN | DMA Controller Channel 1 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[10] | CLK2_EN | DMA Controller Channel 2 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[11] | CLK3_EN | DMA Controller Channel 3 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[12] | CLK4_EN | DMA Controller Channel 4 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[13] | CLK5_EN | DMA Controller Channel 5 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[14] | CLK6_EN | DMA Controller Channel 6 Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[24] | CRC_CLK_EN | CRC Controller Clock Enable Control |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. |
Definition at line 5795 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t DMA_GCR_T::GCRISR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | INTR0 | Interrupt Pin Status Of Channel 0 (Read Only) |
This bit is the Interrupt pin status of DMA channel0. | ||
Note: This bit is read only | ||
[1] | INTR1 | Interrupt Pin Status Of Channel 1 (Read Only) |
This bit is the Interrupt pin status of DMA channel1. | ||
Note: This bit is read only | ||
[2] | INTR2 | Interrupt Pin Status Of Channel 2 (Read Only) |
This bit is the Interrupt pin status of DMA channel2. | ||
Note: This bit is read only | ||
[3] | INTR3 | Interrupt Pin Status Of Channel 3 (Read Only) |
This bit is the Interrupt pin status of DMA channel3. | ||
Note: This bit is read only | ||
[4] | INTR4 | Interrupt Pin Status Of Channel 4 (Read Only) |
This bit is the Interrupt pin status of DMA channel4. | ||
Note: This bit is read only | ||
[5] | INTR5 | Interrupt Pin Status Of Channel 5 (Read Only) |
This bit is the Interrupt pin status of DMA channel4. | ||
Note: This bit is read only | ||
[6] | INTR6 | Interrupt Pin Status Of Channel 6 (Read Only) |
This bit is the Interrupt pin status of DMA channel4. | ||
Note: This bit is read only | ||
[16] | CRC_INTR | Interrupt Pin Status Of CRC Controller |
This bit is the Interrupt status of CRC controller | ||
Note: This bit is read only |
Definition at line 5902 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::IER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | FIER0 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[1] | FIER1 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[2] | FIER2 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[3] | FIER3 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[4] | FIER4 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[5] | FIER5 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[6] | FIER6 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[7] | FIER7 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[8] | FIER8 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[9] | FIER9 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[10] | FIER10 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[11] | FIER11 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[12] | FIER12 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[13] | FIER13 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[14] | FIER14 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[15] | FIER15 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Falling Edge Or Input Level Low |
FIER[n] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[n]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the FIER[n] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state at level "low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[n] state change from "high-to-low" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[n] state low-level or high-to-low change interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IER, bits [15:6] are reserved. | ||
[16] | RIER0 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[17] | RIER1 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[18] | RIER2 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[19] | RIER3 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[20] | RIER4 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[21] | RIER5 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[22] | RIER6 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[23] | RIER7 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[24] | RIER8 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[25] | RIER9 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[26] | RIER10 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[27] | RIER11 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[28] | RIER12 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[29] | RIER13 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[30] | RIER14 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. | ||
[31] | RIER15 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Enable By Input Rising Edge Or Input Level High |
RIER[x] used to enable the interrupt for each of the corresponding input GPIO_PIN[x]. | ||
Set bit "1" also enable the pin wake-up function. | ||
When set the RIER[x] bit "1": | ||
If the interrupt is level mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state at level "high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt is edge mode trigger, the input PIN[x] state change from "low-to-high" will generate the interrupt. | ||
1 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Enabled. | ||
0 = PIN[x] level-high or low-to-high interrupt Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IE, bits [31:22] are reserved. |
Definition at line 3937 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PDMA_T::IER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TABORT_IE | PDMA Read/Write Target Abort Interrupt Enable |
0 = Target abort interrupt generation Disabled during PDMA transfer. | ||
1 = Target abort interrupt generation Enabled during PDMA transfer. | ||
[1] | TD_IE | PDMA Transfer Done Interrupt Enable |
0 = Interrupt generator Disabled when PDMA transfer is done. | ||
1 = Interrupt generator Enabled when PDMA transfer is done. | ||
[5:2] | WRA_BCR_IE | Wrap Around Byte Count Interrupt Enable |
0001 = Interrupt enable of PDMA_CBCR equals 0 | ||
0100 = Interrupt enable of PDMA_CBCR equals 1/2 PDMA_BCR. | ||
[6] | TO_IE | Time-Out Interrupt Enable |
0 = Time-out interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Time-out interrupt Enabled. |
Definition at line 6061 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t VDMA_T::IER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TABORT_IE | VDMA Read/Write Target Abort Interrupt Enable |
0 = Disabled target abort interrupt generation during VDMA transfer. | ||
1 = Enabled target abort interrupt generation during VDMA transfer. | ||
[1] | TD_IE | VDMA Transfer Done Interrupt Enable |
0 = Disabled interrupt generator during VDMA transfer done. | ||
1 = Enabled interrupt generator during VDMA transfer done. |
Definition at line 6239 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::IER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RDA_IE | Receive Data Reach Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for received data reaching trigger level (SC_CTL [RX_FTRI_LEV]) interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_RDR Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_RDR Enabled. | ||
[1] | TBE_IE | Transmit Buffer Empty Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for transmit buffer empty interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_THRE Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_THRE Enabled. | ||
[2] | TERR_IE | Transfer Error Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for transfer error interrupt enable. | ||
The transfer error states is at SC_TRSR register which includes receiver break error (RX_EBR_F), frame error (RX_EFR_F), parity error (RX_EPA_F), receiver buffer overflow error (RX_OVER_F), transmit buffer overflow error (TX_OVER_F), receiver retry over limit error (RX_OVER_ERETRY) and transmitter retry over limit error (TX_OVER_ERETRY). | ||
0 = INT_TERR Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_TERR Enabled. | ||
[3] | TMR0_IE | Timer0 Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for TMR0 interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_TMR0 Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_TMR0 Enabled. | ||
[4] | TMR1_IE | Timer1 Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for TMR1 interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_TMR1 Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_TMR1 Enabled. | ||
[5] | TMR2_IE | Timer2 Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for TMR2 interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_TMR2 Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_TMR2 Enabled. | ||
[6] | BGT_IE | Block Guard Time Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for block guard time interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_BGT Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_BGT Enabled. | ||
[7] | CD_IE | Card Detect Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for card detect interrupt enable. | ||
The card detect status register is SC_PINCSR [CD_CH] and SC_PINCSR[CD_CL]. | ||
0 = INT_CD Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_CD Enabled. | ||
[8] | INIT_IE | Initial End Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for activation (SC_ALTCTL [ACT_EN]), deactivation (SC_ALTCTL [DACT_EN]) and warm reset (SC_ALTCTL [WARST_EN]) sequence interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_INIT Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_INIT Enabled. | ||
[9] | RTMR_IE | Receiver Buffer Time-Out Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for receiver buffer time-out interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_RTMR Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_RTMR Enabled. | ||
[10] | ACON_ERR_IE | Auto Convention Error Interrupt Enable |
This field is used for auto convention error interrupt enable. | ||
0 = INT_ACON_ERR Disabled. | ||
1 = INT_ACON_ERR Enabled. |
Definition at line 8582 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t TIMER_T::IER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TMR_IE | Timer Interrupt Enable |
0 = Timer Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Timer Interrupt Enabled. | ||
Note: If timer interrupt is enabled, the timer asserts its interrupt signal when the associated counter is equal to TMR_CMPR. | ||
[1] | TCAP_IE | Timer Capture Function Interrupt Enable |
0 = Timer External Pin Function Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Timer External Pin Function Interrupt Enabled. | ||
Note: If timer external pin function interrupt is enabled, the timer asserts its interrupt signal when the TCAP_EN is set and the transition of external pin matches the TCAP_EDGE setting |
Definition at line 9933 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::IER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RDA_IE | Receive Data Available Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_RDA Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_RDA Enabled. | ||
[1] | THRE_IE | Transmit Holding Register Empty Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_THRE Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_THRE Enabled. | ||
[2] | RLS_IE | Receive Line Status Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_RLS Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_RLS Enabled. | ||
[3] | MODEM_IE | Modem Status Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_MOS Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_MOS Enabled. | ||
[4] | RTO_IE | RX Time-Out Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_TOUT Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_TOUT Enabled. | ||
[5] | BUF_ERR_IE | Buffer Error Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_BUT_ERR Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_BUF_ERR Enabled. | ||
[6] | WAKE_IE | Wake-Up Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_WAKE Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_WAKE Enabled. | ||
[7] | ABAUD_IE | Auto-Baud Rate Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_ABAUD Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_ABAUD Enabled. | ||
[8] | LIN_IE | LIN Interrupt Enable |
0 = INT_LIN Masked off. | ||
1 = INT_LIN Enabled. |
Definition at line 10270 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t WDT_T::IER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | WDT_IE | Watchdog Timer Interrupt Enable |
0 = Watchdog timer interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Watchdog timer interrupt Enabled. |
Definition at line 11388 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t WWDT_T::IER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | WWDTIE | WWDT Interrupt Enable |
Setting this bit will enable the Watchdog timer interrupt function. | ||
0 = Watchdog timer interrupt function Disabled. | ||
1 = Watchdog timer interrupt function Enabled. |
Definition at line 11522 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::IMD |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | IMD | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Edge Or Level Detection Interrupt Control |
IMD[n] used to control the interrupt is by level trigger or by edge trigger. | ||
If the interrupt is by edge trigger, the trigger source is control de-bounce. | ||
If the interrupt is by level trigger, the input source is sampled by one clock and the generate the interrupt. | ||
0 = Edge trigger interrupt. | ||
1 = Level trigger interrupt. | ||
If set pin as the level trigger interrupt, then only one level can be set on the registers GPIOX_IER. | ||
If set both the level to trigger interrupt, the setting is ignored and no interrupt will occur. | ||
The de-bounce function is valid for edge triggered interrupt. | ||
If the interrupt mode is level triggered, the de-bounce enable bit is ignored. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_IMD, bits [15:6] are reserved. |
Definition at line 3639 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::INIR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | ACTIVE | RTC Active Status (Read Only) |
0 = RTC is at reset state. | ||
1 = RTC is at normal active state. | ||
[31:1] | INIR | RTC Initiation (Write Only) |
When RTC block is powered on, RTC is at reset state. | ||
User has to write a number (0x a5eb1357) to INIR to make RTC leaving reset state. | ||
Once the INIR is written as 0xa5eb1357, the RTC will be in un-reset state permanently. | ||
The INIR is a write-only field and read value will be always "0". |
Definition at line 7792 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::Int_VREFCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | BGP_EN | Band-Gap Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Band-gap is the reference voltage of internal reference voltage. | ||
User must enable band-gap if want to enable internal 1.8V or 2.5V reference voltage. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[1] | REG_EN | Regulator Enable |
Enable internal 1.8V or 2.5V reference voltage. | ||
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[2] | SEL25 | Regulator Output Voltage Selection |
Select internal reference voltage level. | ||
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = 1.8V. | ||
1 = 2.5V. | ||
[3] | EXT_MODE | Regulator External Mode |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Users can output regulator output voltage in VREF pin if EXT_MODE is high. | ||
0 = No connection with external VREF pin. | ||
1 = Connect to external VREF pin. | ||
Connect a 1uF to 10uF capacitor to AVSS will let internal voltage reference be more stable. |
Definition at line 2838 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2S_T::INTEN |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RXUDFIE | Receiving FIFO Underflow Interrupt Enable |
Interrupt occurs if this bit is set to "1" and receiving FIFO underflow flag is set to "1". | ||
0 = Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[1] | RXOVFIE | Receiving FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable |
Interrupt occurs if this bit is set to "1" and receiving FIFO overflow flag is set to "1" | ||
0 = Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[2] | RXTHIE | Receiving FIFO Threshold Level Interrupt Enable |
Interrupt occurs if this bit is set to "1" and data words in receiving FIFO is less than RXTH[2:0]. | ||
0 = Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[8] | TXUDFIE | Transmitting FIFO Underflow Interrupt Enable |
Interrupt occurs if this bit is set to "1" and transmitting FIFO underflow flag is set to "1". | ||
0 = Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[9] | TXOVFIE | Transmitting FIFO Overflow Interrupt Enable |
Interrupt occurs if this bit is set to "1" and transmitting FIFO overflow flag is set to "1" | ||
0 = Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[10] | TXTHIE | Transmitting FIFO Threshold Level Interrupt Enable |
Interrupt occurs if this bit is set to "1" and data words in transmitting FIFO is less than TXTH[2:0]. | ||
0 = Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[11] | RZCIE | Right Channel Zero Cross Interrupt Enable |
Interrupt occurs if this bit is set to "1" and right channel is zero crossing. | ||
0 = Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[12] | LZCIE | Left Channel Zero Cross Interrupt Enable |
Interrupt occurs if this bit is set to "1" and left channel is zero crossing. | ||
0 = Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Interrupt Enabled. |
Definition at line 4685 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::INTEN |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TMIE0 | PWM Timer 0 Interrupt Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[1] | TMIE1 | PWM Timer 1 Interrupt Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[2] | TMIE2 | PWM Timer 2 Interrupt Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
[3] | TMIE3 | PWM Timer 3 Interrupt Enable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. |
Definition at line 6713 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_T::INTEN |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | BUSEVT_IE | Bus Event Interrupt Enable |
0 = BUS event interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = BUS event interrupt Enabled. | ||
[1] | USBEVT_IE | USB Event Interrupt Enable |
0 = USB event interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = USB event interrupt Enabled. | ||
[2] | FLDET_IE | Floating Detect Interrupt Enable |
0 = Floating detect Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Floating detect Interrupt Enabled. | ||
[3] | WAKEUP_IE | USB Wake-Up Interrupt Enable |
0 = Wake-up Interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Wake-up Interrupt Enabled. |
Definition at line 10993 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::INTSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | INTSTS | I2C STATUS's Interrupt Status |
When a new state is present in the I2CSTATUS register, this bit will be set automatically, and if INTEN bit is set, the I2C interrupt is requested. | ||
Software can write 1 to cleat this bit. | ||
[1] | TIF | Time-Out Status |
0 = No Time-out flag. Software can cleat this flag. | ||
1 = Time-Out flag active and it is set by hardware. It can interrupt CPU when INTEN bit is set. |
Definition at line 4269 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::INTSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TMINT0 | PWM Timer 0 Interrupt Flag |
Flag is set by hardware when PWM0 down counter reaches zero, software can clear this bit by writing a one to it. | ||
[1] | TMINT1 | PWM Timer 1 Interrupt Flag |
Flag is set by hardware when PWM1 down counter reaches zero, software can clear this bit by writing a one to it. | ||
[2] | TMINT2 | PWM Timer 2 Interrupt Flag |
Flag is set by hardware when PWM2 down counter reaches zero, software can clear this bit by writing a one to it. | ||
[3] | TMINT3 | PWM Timer 3 Interrupt Flag |
Flag is set by hardware when PWM3 down counter reaches zero, software can clear this bit by writing a one to it. | ||
[4] | Duty0Syncflag | Duty0 Synchronize Flag |
0 = Duty0 has been synchronized to ECLK domain. | ||
1 = Duty0 is synchronizing to ECLK domain. | ||
Note: software should check this flag when writing duty0, if this flag is set, and user ignore this flag and change duty0, the corresponding CNR and CMR may be wrong for one duty cycle | ||
[5] | Duty1Syncflag | Duty1 Synchronize Flag |
0 = Duty1 has been synchronized to ECLK domain. | ||
1 = Duty1 is synchronizing to ECLK domain. | ||
Note: software should check this flag when writing duty1, if this flag is set, and user ignore this flag and change duty1, the corresponding CNR and CMR may be wrong for one duty cycle | ||
[6] | Duty2Syncflag | Duty2 Synchronize Flag |
0 = Duty2 has been synchronized to ECLK domain. | ||
1 = Duty2 is synchronizing to ECLK domain. | ||
Note: software should check this flag when writing duty2, if this flag is set, and user ignore this flag and change duty2, the corresponding CNR and CMR may be wrong for one duty cycle | ||
[7] | Duty3Syncflag | Duty3 Synchronize Flag |
0 = Duty3 has been synchronized to ECLK domain. | ||
1 = Duty3 is synchronizing to ECLK domain. | ||
Note: software should check this flag when writing duty3, if this flag is set, and user ignore this flag and change duty3, the corresponding CNR and CMR may be wrong for one duty cycle | ||
[8] | PresSyncFlag | Prescale Synchronize Flag |
0 = Prescale has been synchronized to ECLK domain. | ||
1 = Prescale is synchronizing to ECLK domain. | ||
Note: software should check this flag when writing Prescale, if this flag is set, and user ignore this flag and change Prescale, the Prescale may be wrong for one prescale cycle |
Definition at line 6751 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_T::INTSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | BUS_STS | BUS Interrupt Status |
The BUS event means there is bus suspense or bus resume in the bus. | ||
This bit is used to indicate that there is one of events in the bus. | ||
0 = No BUS event is occurred. | ||
1 = BUS event occurred; check USB_BUSSTS [3:0] to know which kind of bus event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [0]. | ||
[1] | USB_STS | USB Interrupt Status |
The USB event means that there is Setup Token, IN token, OUT ACK, ISO IN, or ISO OUT event in the bus. | ||
This bit is used to indicate that there is one of events in the bus. | ||
0 = No USB event is occurred. | ||
1 = USB event occurred, check EPSTS0~7[3:0] in USB_EPSTS [31:8] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [1] or USB_INTSTS[31] or EPEVT0~7. | ||
[2] | FLD_STS | Floating Interrupt Status |
0 = There is not attached event in the USB. | ||
1 = There is attached event in the USB and it is cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [2]. | ||
[3] | WKEUP_STS | Wake-Up Interrupt Status |
0 = No wake-up event is occurred. | ||
1 = Wake-up event occurred, cleared by write 1 to USB_INTSTS [3]. | ||
[16] | EPEVT0 | USB Event Status On EP0 |
0 = No event occurred in Endpoint 0. | ||
1 = USB event occurred on Endpoint 0, check USB_EPSTS[11:8] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [16] or USB_INTSTS [1]. | ||
[17] | EPEVT1 | USB Event Status On EP1 |
0 = No event occurred in Endpoint 1. | ||
1 = USB event occurred on Endpoint 1, check USB_EPSTS[15:12] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [17] or USB_INTSTS [1]. | ||
[18] | EPEVT2 | USB Event Status On EP2 |
0 = No event occurred in Endpoint 2. | ||
1 = USB event occurred on Endpoint 2, check USB_EPSTS[19:16] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [18] or USB_INTSTS [1]. | ||
[19] | EPEVT3 | USB Event Status On EP3 |
0 = No event occurred in Endpoint 3. | ||
1 = USB event occurred on Endpoint 3, check USB_EPSTS[23:20] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [19] or USB_INTSTS [1]. | ||
[20] | EPEVT4 | USB Event Status On EP4 |
0 = No event occurred in Endpoint 4. | ||
1 = USB event occurred on Endpoint 4, check USB_EPSTS[27:24] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [20] or USB_INTSTS [1]. | ||
[21] | EPEVT5 | USB Event Status On EP5 |
0 = No event occurred in Endpoint 5. | ||
1 = USB event occurred on Endpoint 5, check USB_EPSTS[31:28] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [21] or USB_INTSTS [1]. | ||
[22] | EPEVT6 | USB Event Status On EP6 |
0 = No event occurred in Endpoint 6. | ||
1 = USB event occurred on Endpoint 6, check USB_EPSTS2[2:0] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [22] or USB_INTSTS [1]. | ||
[23] | EPEVT7 | USB Event Status On EP7 |
0 = No event occurred in Endpoint 7. | ||
1 = USB event occurred on Endpoint 7, check USB_EPSTS2[6:4] to know which kind of USB event was occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS [23] or USB_INTSTS [1]. | ||
[31] | SETUP | Setup Event Status |
0 = No Setup event. | ||
1 = Setup event occurred, cleared by write "1" to USB_INTSTS[31]. |
Definition at line 11046 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::IPRST_CTL1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CHIP_RST | CHIP One Shot Reset |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Setting this bit will reset the whole chip, including CPU kernel and all peripherals like power-on reset and this bit will automatically return to "0" after the 2 clock cycles. | ||
The chip setting from flash will be also reloaded when chip one shot reset. | ||
0 = Normal. | ||
1 = Reset CHIP. | ||
Note: In the following conditions, chip setting from flash will be reloaded. | ||
Power-on Reset | ||
Brown-out-Detected Reset | ||
Low level on the /RESET pin | ||
Set IPRST_CTL1[CHIP_RST] | ||
[1] | CPU_RST | CPU Kernel One Shot Reset |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Setting this bit will only reset the CPU kernel and Flash Memory Controller(FMC), and this bit will automatically return to "0" after the 2 clock cycles | ||
0 = Normal. | ||
1 = Reset CPU. | ||
[2] | DMA_RST | DMA Controller Reset |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Set this bit "1" will generate a reset signal to the DMA. | ||
SW needs to set this bit to low to release reset signal. | ||
0 = Normal operation. | ||
1 = DMA IP reset. | ||
[3] | EBI_RST | EBI Controller Reset |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Set this bit "1" will generate a reset signal to the EBI. | ||
SW needs to set this bit to low to release reset signal. | ||
0 = Normal operation. | ||
1 = EBI IP reset. |
Definition at line 2080 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::IPRST_CTL2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1] | GPIO_RST | GPIO Controller Reset |
0 = GPIO normal operation. | ||
1 = GPIO reset. | ||
[2] | TMR0_RST | Timer0 Controller Reset |
0 = Timer0 normal operation. | ||
1 = Timer0 reset. | ||
[3] | TMR1_RST | Timer1 Controller Reset |
0 = Timer1 normal operation. | ||
1 = Timer1 block reset. | ||
[4] | TMR2_RST | Timer2 Controller Reset |
0 = Timer2 normal operation. | ||
1 = Timer2 block reset. | ||
[5] | TMR3_RST | Timer3 Controller Reset |
0 = Timer3 normal operation. | ||
1 = Timer3 block reset. | ||
[7] | SC2_RST | SmartCard 2 Controller Reset |
0 = SmartCard 2 block normal operation. | ||
1 = SmartCard 2 block reset. | ||
[8] | I2C0_RST | I2C0 Controller Reset |
0 = I2C0 normal operation. | ||
1 = I2C0 block reset. | ||
[9] | I2C1_RST | I2C1 Controller Reset |
0 = I2C1 block normal operation. | ||
1 = I2C1 block reset. | ||
[12] | SPI0_RST | SPI0 Controller Reset |
0 = SPI0 block normal operation. | ||
1 = SPI0 block reset. | ||
[13] | SPI1_RST | SPI1 Controller Reset |
0 = SPI1 normal operation. | ||
1 = SPI1 block reset. | ||
[14] | SPI2_RST | SPI2 Controller Reset |
0 = SPI2 normal operation. | ||
1 = SPI2 block reset. | ||
[16] | UART0_RST | UART0 Controller Reset |
0 = UART0 normal operation. | ||
1 = UART0 block reset. | ||
[17] | UART1_RST | UART1 Controller Reset |
0 = UART1 normal operation. | ||
1 = UART1 block reset. | ||
[20] | PWM0_RST | PWM0 Controller Reset |
0 = PWM0 block normal operation. | ||
1 = PWM0 block reset. | ||
[21] | PWM1_RST | PWM1 Controller Reset |
0 = PWM1 block normal operation. | ||
1 = PWM1 block reset. | ||
[25] | DAC_RST | DAC Controller Reset |
0 = DAC block normal operation. | ||
1 = DAC block reset. | ||
[26] | LCD_RST | LCD Controller Reset |
0 = LCD block normal operation. | ||
1 = LCD block reset. | ||
[27] | USBD_RST | USB Device Controller Reset |
0 = USB block normal operation. | ||
1 = USB block reset. | ||
[28] | ADC_RST | ADC Controller Reset |
0 = ADC block normal operation. | ||
1 = ADC block reset. | ||
[29] | I2S_RST | I2S Controller Reset |
0 = I2S block normal operation. | ||
1 = I2S block reset. | ||
[30] | SC0_RST | SmartCard 0 Controller Reset |
0 = SmartCard block normal operation. | ||
1 = SmartCard block reset. | ||
[31] | SC1_RST | SmartCard1 Controller Reset |
0 = SmartCard block normal operation. | ||
1 = SmartCard block reset. |
Definition at line 2156 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::IRCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1] | TX_SELECT | TX_SELECT |
0 = IrDA receiver Enabled. | ||
1 = IrDA transmitter Enabled. | ||
Note: In IrDA mode, the UART_BAUD [DIV_16_EN) register must be set (the baud equation must be Clock / 16 * (BRD) | ||
[5] | INV_TX | INV_TX |
0 = No inversion. | ||
1 = Inverse TX output signal. | ||
[6] | INV_RX | INV_RX |
0 = No inversion. | ||
1 = Inverse RX input signal. |
Definition at line 10509 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::IRCTRIMCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1:0] | TRIM_SEL | Trim Frequency Selection |
This field indicates the target frequency of HIRC auto trim. | ||
If no any target frequency is selected (TRIM_SEL is 00), the HIRC auto trim function is disabled. | ||
During auto trim operation, if 32.768 kHz clock error detected or trim retry limitation count reached, this field will be cleared to 00 automatically. | ||
00 = Disable HIRC auto trim function | ||
01 = Enable HIRC auto trim function and trim HIRC to 11.0592 MHz | ||
10 = Enable HIRC auto trim function and trim HIRC to 12 MHz | ||
11 = Enable HIRC auto trim function and trim HIRC to 12.288 MHz | ||
[5:4] | TRIM_LOOP | Trim Calculation Loop |
This field defines that trim value calculation is based on how many 32.768 kHz clock. | ||
For example, if TRIM_LOOP is set as 00, auto trim circuit will calculate trim value based on the average frequency difference in 4 32.768 kHz clock. | ||
00 = 4 32.768 kHz clock | ||
01 = 8 32.768 kHz clock | ||
10 = 16 32.768 kHz clock | ||
11 = 32 32.768 kHz clock | ||
[7:6] | TRIM_RETRY_CNT | Trim Value Update Limitation Count |
This field defines that how many times the auto trim circuit will try to update the HIRC trim value before the frequency of HIRC locked. | ||
Once the HIRC locked, the internal trim value update counter will be reset. | ||
If the trim value update counter reached this limitation value and frequency of HIRC still doesn't lock, the auto trim operation will be disabled and TRIM_SEL will be cleared to 00. | ||
00 = Trim retry count limitation is 64 | ||
01 = Trim retry count limitation is 128 | ||
10 = Trim retry count limitation is 256 | ||
11 = Trim retry count limitation is 512 | ||
[8] | ERR_STOP | Trim Stop When 32.768 KHz Error Detected |
This bit is used to control if stop the HIRC trim operation when 32.768 kHz clock error is detected. | ||
If set this bit high and 32.768 kHz clock error detected, the status 32K_ERR_INT would be set high and HIRC trim operation was stopped. | ||
If this bit is low and 32.768 kHz clock error detected, the status 23K_ERR_INT would be set high and HIRC trim operation is continuously. | ||
0 = Continue the HIRC trim operation even if 32.768 kHz clock error detected. | ||
1 = Stop the HIRC trim operation if 32.768 kHz clock error detected. |
Definition at line 2879 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::IRCTRIMIEN |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1] | TRIM_FAIL_IEN | Trim Failure Interrupt Enable |
This bit controls if an interrupt will be triggered while HIRC trim value update limitation count reached and HIRC frequency still not locked on target frequency set by TRIM_SEL. | ||
If this bit is high and TRIM_FAIL_INT is set during auto trim operation, an interrupt will be triggered to notify that HIRC trim value update limitation count was reached. | ||
0 = TRIM_FAIL_INT status Disabled to trigger an interrupt to CPU. | ||
1 = TRIM_FAIL_INT status Enabled to trigger an interrupt to CPU. | ||
[2] | 32K_ERR_IEN | 32.768 KHz Clock Error Interrupt Enable |
This bit controls if CPU would get an interrupt while 32.768 kHz clock is inaccuracy during auto trim operation. | ||
If this bit is high, and 32K_ERR_INT is set during auto trim operation, an interrupt will be triggered to notify the 32.768 kHz clock frequency is inaccuracy. | ||
0 = 32K_ERR_INT status Disabled to trigger an interrupt to CPU. | ||
1 = 32K_ERR_INT status Enabled to trigger an interrupt to CPU. |
Definition at line 2899 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::IRCTRIMINT |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | FREQ_LOCK | HIRC Frequency Lock Status |
This bit indicates the HIRC frequency lock. | ||
This is a status bit and doesn't trigger any interrupt. | ||
[1] | TRIM_FAIL_INT | Trim Failure Interrupt Status |
This bit indicates that HIRC trim value update limitation count reached and HIRC clock frequency still doesn't lock. | ||
Once this bit is set, the auto trim operation stopped and TRIM_SEL will be cleared to 00 by hardware automatically. | ||
If this bit is set and TRIM_FAIL_IEN is high, an interrupt will be triggered to notify that HIRC trim value update limitation count was reached. | ||
Write 1 to clear this to zero. | ||
0 = Trim value update limitation count doesn't reach. | ||
1 = Trim value update limitation count reached and HIRC frequency still doesn't lock. | ||
[2] | 32K_ERR_INT | 32.768 KHz Clock Error Interrupt Status |
This bit indicates that 32.768 kHz clock frequency is inaccuracy. | ||
Once this bit is set, the auto trim operation stopped and TRIM_SEL will be cleared to 00 by hardware automatically. | ||
If this bit is set and 32K_ERR_IEN is high, an interrupt will be triggered to notify the 32.768 kHz clock frequency is inaccuracy. | ||
Write 1 to clear this to zero. | ||
0 = 32.768 kHz clock frequency is accuracy. | ||
1 = 32.768 kHz clock frequency is inaccuracy. |
Definition at line 2926 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t INTR_T::IRQSRC[32] |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | INT_SRC | Interrupt Source |
Define the interrupt sources for interrupt event. |
Definition at line 4996 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t FMC_T::ISPADR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | ISPADR | ISP Address |
This chip supports word program only. | ||
ISPADR[1:0] must be kept 00b for ISP operation, and ISPADR[8:0] must be kept 0_0000_0000b for Vector Page Re-map Command. |
Definition at line 1845 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t FMC_T::ISPCMD |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | FCTRL | ISP Command |
The ISP command table is shown as follows. | ||
[4] | FCEN | ISP Command |
The ISP command table is shown as follows. | ||
[5] | FOEN | ISP Command |
The ISP command table is shown as follows. |
Definition at line 1874 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t FMC_T::ISPCON |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | ISPEN | ISP Enable (Write-Protection Bit) |
ISP function enable bit. Set this bit to enable ISP function. | ||
0 = ISP function Disabled. | ||
1 = ISP function Enabled. | ||
[1] | BS | Boot Select (Write-Protection Bit) |
Set/clear this bit to select next booting from LDROM/APROM, respectively. | ||
This bit also functions as chip booting status flag, which can be used to check where chip booted from. | ||
This bit is initiated with the inversed value of CBS in Config0 after power-on reset; It keeps the same value at other reset. | ||
0 = boot from APROM. | ||
1 = boot from LDROM. | ||
[3] | APUEN | APROM Update Enable (Write-Protection Bit) |
APROM update enable bit. | ||
0 = APROM can not be updated. | ||
1 = APROM can be updated when the MCU runs in APROM. | ||
[4] | CFGUEN | Enable Config-Bits Update By ISP (Write-Protection Bit) |
0 = Disabling ISP can update config-bits. | ||
1 = Enabling ISP can update config-bits. | ||
[5] | LDUEN | LDROM Update Enable (Write-Protection Bit) |
LDROM update enable bit. | ||
0 = LDROM cannot be updated. | ||
1 = LDROM can be updated when the chip runs in APROM. | ||
[6] | ISPFF | ISP Fail Flag (Write-Protection Bit) |
This bit is set by hardware when a triggered ISP meets any of the following conditions: | ||
(1) APROM writes to itself | ||
(2) LDROM writes to itself | ||
(3) CONFIG is erased/programmed if CFGUEN is set to 0 | ||
(4) Destination address is illegal, such as over an available range | ||
Write 1 to clear. |
Definition at line 1832 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t FMC_T::ISPDAT |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | ISPDAT | ISP Data |
Write data to this register before ISP program operation | ||
Read data from this register after ISP read operation |
Definition at line 1858 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t FMC_T::ISPSTA |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | ISPBUSY | ISP BUSY |
0 = ISP operation is finished. | ||
1 = ISP operation is busy. | ||
Read Only | ||
[2:1] | CBS | Config Boot Selection Status |
[6] | ISPFF | ISP Fail Flag |
This bit is set by hardware when a triggered ISP meets any of the following conditions: | ||
(1) APROM writes to itself. | ||
(2) LDROM writes to itself. | ||
(3) CONFIG is erased/programmed when the MCU is running in APROM. | ||
(4) Destination address is illegal, such as over an available range. | ||
Write 1 to clear. |
Definition at line 1926 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t FMC_T::ISPTRG |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | ISPGO | ISP Start Trigger |
Write 1 to start ISP operation and this bit will be cleared to 0 by hardware automatically when ISP operation is finished. | ||
0 = ISP operation is finished. | ||
1 = ISP is progressing. |
Definition at line 1888 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PDMA_T::ISR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TABORT_IS | PDMA Read/Write Target Abort Interrupt Status Flag |
0 = No bus ERROR response received. | ||
1 = Bus ERROR response received. | ||
Note1: This bit is cleared by writing "1" to itself. | ||
Note2: The PDMA_ISR [TABORT_IF] indicate bus master received ERROR response or not, if bus master received occur it means that target abort is happened. | ||
PDMA controller will stop transfer and respond this event to software then go to IDLE state. | ||
When target abort occurred, software must reset PDMA controller, and then transfer those data again. | ||
[1] | TD_IS | Transfer Done Interrupt Status Flag |
This bit indicates that PDMA has finished all transfer. | ||
0 = Not finished yet. | ||
1 = Done. | ||
Note: This bit is cleared by writing "1" to itself. | ||
[5:2] | WRA_BCR_IS | Wrap Around Transfer Byte Count Interrupt Status Flag |
WAR_)CR_IS [0] (xxx1) = PDMA_CBCR equal 0 flag. | ||
WAR_BCR_IS [2] (x1xx) = PDMA_CBCR equal 1/2 PDMA_BCR flag. | ||
Note: Each bit is cleared by writing "1" to itself. | ||
This field is only valid in wrap around mode. | ||
(PDMA_CSR[DAD_SEL] =11 or PDMA_CSR[SAD_SEL] =11). | ||
[6] | TO_IS | Time-Out Interrupt Status Flag |
This flag indicated that PDMA has waited peripheral request for a period defined by PDMA_TCR. | ||
0 = No time-out flag. | ||
1 = Time-out flag. | ||
Note: This bit is cleared by writing "1" to itself. |
Definition at line 6094 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t VDMA_T::ISR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TABORT_IS | VDMA Read/Write Target Abort Interrupt Status Flag |
0 = No bus ERROR response received. | ||
1 = Bus ERROR response received. | ||
Note1: This bit is cleared by writing "1" to itself. | ||
Note2: The VDMA_ISR [TABORT_IF] indicate bus master received ERROR response or not, if bus master received occur it means that target abort is happened. | ||
VDMA controller will stop transfer and respond this event to software then go to IDLE state. | ||
When target abort occurred, software must reset VDMA controller, and then transfer those data again. | ||
[1] | TD_IS | Transfer Done Interrupt Status Flag |
This bit indicates that VDMA has finished all transfer. | ||
0 = Not finished yet. | ||
1 = Done. | ||
Note: This bit is cleared by writing "1" to itself. |
Definition at line 6261 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::ISR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RDA_IS | Receive Data Reach Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for received data reaching trigger level (SC_CTL [RX_FTRI_LEV]) interrupt status flag. | ||
Note: This field is the status flag of received data reaching SC_CTL [RX_FTRI_LEV]. | ||
If software reads data from SC_RBR and receiver pointer is less than SC_CTL [RX_FTRI_LEV], this bit will be cleared automatically. | ||
[1] | TBE_IS | Transmit Buffer Empty Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for transmit buffer empty interrupt status flag. | ||
This bit is different with SC_TRSR [TX_EMPTY_F] flag and SC_TRSR [TX_ATV] flag; The TX_EMPTY_F will be set when the last byte data be read to shift register and TX_ATV flag indicates the transmitter is in active or not (the last data has been transmitted or not), but the TBE_IS may be set when the last byte data be read to shift register or the last data has been transmitted. | ||
When this bit assert, software can write 1~4 byte data to SC_THR register. | ||
Note: If software wants to clear this bit, software must write data to SC_THR register and then this bit will be cleared automatically. | ||
[2] | TERR_IS | Transfer Error Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for transfer error interrupt status flag. | ||
The transfer error states is at SC_TRSR register which includes receiver break error (RX_EBR_F), frame error (RX_EFR_F), parity error (RX_EPA_F) and receiver buffer overflow error (RX_OVER_F), transmit buffer overflow error (TX_OVER_F), receiver retry over limit error (RX_OVER_ERETRY) and transmitter retry over limit error (TX_OVER_ERETRY). | ||
Note: This field is the status flag of SC_TRSR [RX_EBR_F], SC_TRSR [RX_EFR_F], SC_TRSR [RX_EPA_F], SC_TRSR [RX_OVER_F], SC_TRSR [TX_OVER_F], SC_TRSR [RX_OVER_ERETRY] or SC_TRSR [TX_OVER_ERETRY]. | ||
So if software wants to clear this bit, software must write "1" to each field. | ||
[3] | TMR0_IS | Timer0 Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for TMR0 interrupt status flag. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[4] | TMR1_IS | Timer1 Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for TMR1 interrupt status flag. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[5] | TMR2_IS | Timer2 Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for TMR2 interrupt status flag. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[6] | BGT_IS | Block Guard Time Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for block guard time interrupt status flag. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[7] | CD_IS | Card Detect Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for card detect interrupt status flag. | ||
The card detect status register is SC_PINCSR [CD_INS_F] and SC_PINCSR [CD_REM_F]. | ||
Note: This field is the status flag of SC_PINCSR [CD_INS_F] or SC_PINCSR [CD_REM_F]. | ||
So if software wants to clear this bit, software must write "1" to this field. | ||
[8] | INIT_IS | Initial End Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for activation (SC_ALTCTL [ACT_EN]), deactivation (SC_ALTCTL [DACT_EN]) and warm reset (SC_ALTCTL [WARST_EN]) sequence interrupt status flag. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[9] | RTMR_IS | Receiver Buffer Time-Out Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field is used for receiver buffer time-out interrupt status flag. | ||
Note: This field is the status flag of receiver buffer time-out state. | ||
If software wants to clear this bit, software must read the receiver buffer remaining data by reading SC_RBR register,. | ||
[10] | ACON_ERR_IS | Auto Convention Error Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field indicates auto convention sequence error. | ||
If the received TS at ATR state is not 0x3B or 0x3F, this bit will be set. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. |
Definition at line 8634 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t TIMER_T::ISR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TMR_IS | Timer Interrupt Status |
This bit indicates the interrupt status of Timer. | ||
This bit is set by hardware when the up counting value of internal 24-bit counter matches the timer compared value (TMR_CMPR). | ||
Write 1 to clear this bit to 0. | ||
If this bit is active and TMR_IE is enabled, Timer will trigger an interrupt to CPU. | ||
[1] | TCAP_IS | Timer Capture Function Interrupt Status |
This bit indicates the external pin function interrupt status of Timer. | ||
This bit is set by hardware when TCAP_EN is set high, and the transition of external pin matches the TCAP_EDGE setting. | ||
Write 1 to clear this bit to zero. | ||
If this bit is active and TCAP_IE is enabled, Timer will trigger an interrupt to CPU. | ||
[4] | TMR_Wake_STS | Timer Wake-Up Status |
If timer causes CPU wakes up from power-down mode, this bit will be set to high. | ||
It must be cleared by software with a write 1 to this bit. | ||
0 = Timer does not cause system wake-up. | ||
1 = Wakes system up from power-down mode by Timer timeout. | ||
[5] | NCAP_DET_STS | New Capture Detected Status |
This status is to indicate there is a new incoming capture event detected before CPU clearing the TCAP_IS status. | ||
If the above condition occurred, the Timer will keep register TMRx_CAP unchanged and drop the new capture value. | ||
This bit is also cleared to 0 while TCAP_IS is cleared. | ||
0 = New incoming capture event didn't detect before CPU clearing TCAP_IS status. | ||
1 = New incoming capture event detected before CPU clearing TCAP_IS status. |
Definition at line 9964 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::ISR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RDA_IS | Receive Data Available Interrupt Flag (Read Only) |
When the number of bytes in the RX-FIFO equals the RFITL then the RDA_IF will be set. | ||
If IER [RDA_IEN] is set then the RDA interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note: This bit is read only and it will be cleared when the number of unread bytes of RX-FIFO drops below the threshold level (RFITL). | ||
[1] | THRE_IS | Transmit Holding Register Empty Interrupt Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when the last data of TX-FIFO is transferred to Transmitter Shift Register. | ||
If IER [THRE_IEN] is set that the THRE interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note: This bit is read only and it will be cleared when writing data into THR (TX-FIFO not empty). | ||
[2] | RLS_IS | Receive Line Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when the RX received data has parity error (UART_FSR [PE_F]), framing error (UART_FSR [FE_F]), break error (UART_FSR [BI_F]) or RS-485 detect address byte (UART_TRSR [RS-485_ADDET_F]).If IER [RLS_IEN] is set then the RLS interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by it by writing "1" to UART_FSR [BI_F], UART_FSR [FE_F], UART_FSR [PE_F] or UART_TRSR [RS-485_ADDET_F]. | ||
Note2: This bit is cleared when all the BI_F, FE_F, PE_F and RS-485_ADDET_F are cleared. | ||
[3] | MODEM_IS | MODEM Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when the CTSn pin has state change (DCTSF = "1"). | ||
If IER [MODEM_IEN] is set then the modem interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by it by writing "1" to UART_MCSR [DCT_F]. | ||
[4] | RTO_IS | RX Time-Out Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when the RX-FIFO is not empty and no activities occur in the RX-FIFO and the time-out counter equal to TOIC. | ||
If IER [Tout_IEN] is set then the tout interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note: This bit is read only and user can read UART_RBR (RX is in active) to clear it. | ||
[5] | BUF_ERR_IS | Buffer Error Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when the TX or RX-FIFO overflowed. | ||
When BUF_ERR_IS is set, the transfer maybe not correct. | ||
If IER [BUF_ER_IEN] is set then the buffer error interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by it by writing "1" to UART_FSR [TX_OVER_F] or UART_FSR [RX_OVER_F]. | ||
Note2: This bit is cleared when both the TX_OVER_F and RX_OVER_F are cleared. | ||
[6] | WAKE_IS | Wake-Up Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set in Power-down mode, the receiver received data or CTSn signal. | ||
If IER [WAKE_IE] is set then the wake-up interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by it by writing "1" to it. | ||
[7] | ABAUD_IS | Auto-Baud Rate Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when auto-baud rate detection function finished or the auto-baud rate counter was overflow and if IER [ABAUD_IE] is set then the auto-baud rate interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by it by writing "1" to UART_TRSR [ABAUD_TOUT_F] or UART_TRSR [ABAUD_F]. | ||
Note2: This bit is cleared when both the ABAUD_TOUT_F and ABAUD_F are cleared. | ||
[8] | LIN_IS | LIN Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when the LIN TX header transmitted, RX header received or the SIN does not equal SOUT and if IER [LIN_IE] is set then the LIN interrupt will be generated. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by it by writing "1" to UART_TRSR [BIT_ERR_F], UART_TRSR [BIT_TX_F] or UART_TRSR [LIN_RX_F]. | ||
Note2: This bit is cleared when both the BIT_ERR_F, BIT_TX_F and LIN_RX_F are cleared. |
Definition at line 10318 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t WDT_T::ISR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | IS | Watchdog Timer Interrupt Status |
If the Watchdog timer interrupt is enabled, then the hardware will set this bit to indicate that the Watchdog timer interrupt has occurred. | ||
If the Watchdog timer interrupt is not enabled, then this bit indicates that a time-out period has elapsed. | ||
0 = Watchdog timer interrupt did not occur. | ||
1 = Watchdog timer interrupt occurs. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[1] | RST_IS | Watchdog Timer Reset Status |
When the Watchdog timer initiates a reset, the hardware will set this bit. | ||
This flag can be read by software to determine the source of reset. | ||
Software is responsible to clear it manually by writing "1" to it. | ||
If WTRE is disabled, then the Watchdog timer has no effect on this bit. | ||
0 = Watchdog timer reset did not occur. | ||
1 = Watchdog timer reset occurs. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[2] | WAKE_IS | Watchdog Timer Wake-Up Status |
If Watchdog timer causes system to wake up from power-down mode, this bit will be set to high. | ||
It must be cleared by software with a write "1" to this bit. | ||
0 = Watchdog timer does not cause system wake-up. | ||
1 = Wake system up from power-down mode by Watchdog time-out. | ||
Note1: When system in power-down mode and watchdog time-out, hardware will set WDT_WAKE_IS and WDT_IS. | ||
Note2: After one engine clock, this bit can be cleared by writing "1" to it |
Definition at line 11419 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::ISRC |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | ISRC | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Interrupt Trigger Source Indicator |
Read : | ||
1 = Port x[n] generate an interrupt. | ||
0 = No interrupt at Port x[n]. | ||
Write: | ||
1 = Clear the correspond pending interrupt. | ||
0 = No action. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_ISRC, bits [15:6] are reserved. |
Definition at line 3955 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t RTC_T::LIR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | LIR | Leap Year Indication REGISTER (Read Only) |
0 = This year is not a leap year. | ||
1 = This year is leap year. |
Definition at line 7947 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::MCLKO |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | MCLK_SEL | Module Clock Output Source Selection (PC.0) |
000000 = ISP_CLK | ||
000001 = HIRC | ||
000010 = HXT | ||
000011 = LXT | ||
000100 = LIRC | ||
000101 = PLL output | ||
000110 = PLL input | ||
000111 = System Tick | ||
001000 = HCLK clock | ||
001010 = PCLK clock | ||
100000 = TMR0_CLK | ||
100001 = TMR1_CLK | ||
100010 = UART0_CLK | ||
100011 = USB_CLK | ||
100100 = ADC_CLK | ||
100101 = WDT_CLK | ||
100110 = PWM0_CH01_CLK | ||
100111 = PWM0_CH32_CLK | ||
101001 = LCD_CLK | ||
111000 = TMR2_CLK | ||
111001 = TMR3_CLK | ||
111010 = UART1_CLK | ||
111011 = PWM1_CH01_CLK | ||
111100 = PWM1_CH23_CLK | ||
111101 = I²S_CLK | ||
111110 = SC0_CLK | ||
111111 = SC1_CLK | ||
[7] | MCLK_EN | Module Clock Output Enable |
User can get the module clock output from PC.0 pin via choosing the clock source in the MCLK_SEL bit field and then setting MCLK_EN bit to 1. | ||
0 = Module clock output Disabled. | ||
1 = Module clock output Enabled. | ||
Note: If this bit is enabled, PC.0 will be configured to module clock output and the setting of PC0_MFP will be ineffective |
Definition at line 1189 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::MCSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | LEV_RTS | RTSn Trigger Level |
This bit can change the RTSn trigger level. | ||
0 = low level triggered. | ||
1 = high level triggered. | ||
Note: In RS-485 AUD mode and RTS Auto-flow control mode, hardware will control the output RTS pin automatically, so the table indicates the default value. | ||
Note: The default setting in UART mode is LEV_RTS = "0" and RTS_ST = "1". | ||
[1] | RTS_ST | RTSn Pin State (Read Only) |
This bit is the pin status of RTSn. | ||
[16] | LEV_CTS | CTSn Trigger Level |
This bit can change the CTSn trigger level. | ||
0 = Low level triggered. | ||
1 = High level triggered. | ||
[17] | CTS_ST | CTSn Pin Status (Read Only) |
This bit is the pin status of CTSn. | ||
[18] | DCT_F | Detect CTSn State Change Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set whenever CTSn input has change state, and it will generate Modem interrupt to CPU when UART_IER [Modem_IEN]. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. |
Definition at line 10448 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t INTR_T::MCU_IRQ |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | MCU_IRQ | MCU IRQ Source Register |
The IRQ collects all the interrupts from the peripherals and generates the synchronous interrupt to Cortex-M0 core. | ||
There are two modes to generate interrupt to Cortex-M0 - the normal mode and test mode. | ||
In Normal mode (control by NMI_SEL register bit [7] = 0) The MCU_IRQ collects all interrupts from each peripheral | ||
and synchronizes them and then interrupts the Cortex-M0. | ||
In Test mode, all the interrupts from peripheral are blocked, and the interrupts sent to | ||
MCU are replaced by set the bit31~bit0. | ||
When the IRQ[n] is 0, setting IRQ[n] to 1 will generate an interrupt to Cortex-M0 NVIC[n]. | ||
When the IRQ[n] is 1 (mean an interrupt is assert), setting 1 to the MCU_bit[n] will clear the interrupt and setting IRQ[n] 0 has no effect. |
Definition at line 5028 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5165 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5183 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5201 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_3 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5219 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_4 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5237 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_5 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5255 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_6 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5273 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_7 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5291 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_8 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5309 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t LCD_T::MEM_9 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | SEG_0_4x | SEG_0_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[14:8] | SEG_1_4x | SEG_1_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[21:16] | SEG_2_4x | SEG_2_4x DATA for COM(x= 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data | ||
[29:24] | SEG_3_4x | SEG_3_4x DATA for COM (x = 0 ~ 9) |
LCD display data |
Definition at line 5327 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_EP_T::MXPLD |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[8:0] | MXPLD | Maximal Payload |
It is used to define the length of data which is transmitted to host (IN token) or the actual length of data receiving from host (OUT token). | ||
It also used to indicate that the endpoint is ready to be transmitted in IN token or received in OUT token. | ||
(1). When the register is written by CPU, | ||
For IN token, the value of MXPLD is used to define the length of data to be transmitted and indicate the data buffer is ready. | ||
For OUT token, it means that the controller is ready to receive data from host and the value of MXPLD is the maximal data length comes from host. | ||
(2). When the register is read by CPU, | ||
For IN token, the value of MXPLD is indicated the length of data be transmitted to host | ||
For OUT token, the value of MXPLD is indicated the actual length of data receiving from host. | ||
Note: Once MXPLD is written, the data packets will be transmitted/received immediately after IN/OUT token arrived. |
Definition at line 10873 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t INTR_T::NMI_SEL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[4:0] | NMI_SEL | The NMI interrupt to Cortex-M0 can be selected from one of the interrupt[31:0] |
The NMI_SEL bit[4:0] used to select the NMI interrupt source |
Definition at line 5009 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::OE |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | CH0_OE | PWM CH0 Output Enable Register |
0 = PWM CH0 output to pin Disabled. | ||
1 = PWM CH0 output to pin Enabled. | ||
Note: The corresponding GPI/O pin also must be switched to PWM function (refer to GPx_MFP) | ||
[1] | CH1_OE | PWM CH1 Output Enable Register |
0 = PWM CH1 output to pin Disabled. | ||
1 = PWM CH1 output to pin Enabled. | ||
Note: The corresponding GPI/O pin also must be switched to PWM function (refer to GPx_MFP) | ||
[2] | CH2_OE | PWM CH2 Output Enable Register |
0 = PWM CH2 output to pin Disabled. | ||
1 = PWM CH2 output to pin Enabled. | ||
Note: The corresponding GPI/O pin also must be switched to PWM function (refer to GPx_MFP) | ||
[3] | CH3_OE | PWM CH3 Output Enable Register |
0 = PWM CH3 output to pin Disabled. | ||
1 = PWM CH3 output to pin Enabled. | ||
Note: The corresponding GPI/O pin also must be switched to PWM function (refer to GPx_MFP) |
Definition at line 6777 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::OFFD |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:16] | OFFD | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Digital Input Path Disable |
Determine if the digital input path of GPIO port [x] pin [n] is disabled. | ||
0 = Digital input path of GPIO port [x] pin [n] Enabled. | ||
1 = Digital input path of GPIO port [x] pin [n] Disabled (tied digital input to low). | ||
Note: For GPIOF_OFFD, bits [31:22] are reserved. |
Definition at line 3552 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PA_H_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PA8_MFP | PA.8 Pin Function Selection |
001 = I2C0 SDA | ||
011 = SmartCard0 clock | ||
100 = SPI2 1st slave select pin | ||
111 = LCD SEG 20 | ||
Others = GPIOA[8] | ||
[6:4] | PA9_MFP | PA.9 Pin Function Selection |
001 = I2C0 SCL | ||
011 = SmartCard0 DATA | ||
100 = SPI2 SCLK | ||
111 = LCD SEG 21 | ||
Others = GPIOA[9] | ||
[10:8] | PA10_MFP | PA.10 Pin Function Selection |
001 = I2C1 SDA | ||
010 = EBI nWR | ||
011 = SmartCard0 Power | ||
100 = SPI2 MISO0 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 22 | ||
Others = GPIOA[10] | ||
[14:12] | PA11_MFP | PA.11 Pin Function Selection |
001 = I2C1 SCL | ||
010 = EBI nRE | ||
011 = SmartCard0 RST | ||
100 = SPI2 MOSI0 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 23 | ||
Others = GPIOA[11] | ||
[18:16] | PA12_MFP | PA.12 Pin Function Selection |
001 = PWM0 Channel 0 | ||
010 = EBI AD[13] | ||
011 = Timer0 capture event | ||
101 = I2C0 SDA | ||
Others = GPIOA[12] | ||
[22:20] | PA13_MFP | PA.13 Pin Function Selection |
001 = PWM0 Channel 1 | ||
010 = EBI AD[14] | ||
011 = Timer1 capture event | ||
101 = I2C0 SCL | ||
Others = GPIOA[13] | ||
[26:24] | PA14_MFP | PA.14 Pin Function Selection |
001 = PWM0 Channel 2 | ||
010 = EBI AD[15] | ||
011 = Timer2 capture event | ||
110 = UART0 RX | ||
Others = GPIOA[14] | ||
[30:28] | PA15_MFP | PA.15 Pin Function Selection |
001 = PWM0 Channel 3 | ||
010 = I2S MCLK | ||
011 = Timer3 capture event | ||
100 = SmartCard 0 power | ||
110 = UART0 TX | ||
Others = GPIOA[15] |
Definition at line 2292 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PA_L_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PA0_MFP | PA.0 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC input channel 0 | ||
100 = SmartCard 2 card detect | ||
Others = GPIOA[0] | ||
[6:4] | PA1_MFP | PA.1 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC input channel 1 | ||
010 = EBI AD[12] | ||
Others = GPIOA[1] | ||
[10:8] | PA2_MFP | PA.2 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC input channel 2 | ||
010 = EBI AD[11] | ||
101 = UART1_RXD | ||
Others = GPIOA[2] | ||
[14:12] | PA3_MFP | PA.3 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC input channel 3 | ||
010 = EBI AD[10] | ||
101 = UART1_TXD | ||
Others = GPIOA[3] | ||
[18:16] | PA4_MFP | PA.4 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC input channel 4 | ||
010 = EBI AD[9] | ||
100 = SmartCard 2 power | ||
101 = I2C0 SDA | ||
111 = LCD SEG 39 | ||
Others = GPIOA[4] | ||
[22:20] | PA5_MFP | PA.5 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC input channel 5 | ||
010 = EBI AD[8] | ||
100 = SmartCard2 RST | ||
101 = I2C0 SCL | ||
111 = LCD SEG 38 | ||
Others = GPIOA[5] | ||
[26:24] | PA6_MFP | PA.6 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC input channel 6 | ||
010 = EBI AD[7] | ||
011 = Timer 3 Capture event | ||
100 = SmartCard 2 clock | ||
101 = PWM0 Channel 3 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 37 | ||
Others = GPIOA[6] | ||
[30:28] | PA7_MFP | PA.7 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC input channel 7 | ||
010 = EBI AD[6] | ||
011 = Timer 2 capture event | ||
100 = SmartCard 2 data pin | ||
101 = PWM0 Channel 2 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 36 | ||
Others = GPIOA[7] |
Definition at line 2231 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PB_H_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PB8_MFP | PB.8 Pin Function Selection |
001 = ADC external trigger | ||
010 = Timer0 external event input or Timer0 toggle output | ||
011 = External interrupt 0 | ||
100 = SmartCard 2 power | ||
111 = LCD SEG 30 | ||
Others = GPIOB[8] | ||
[6:4] | PB9_MFP | PB.9 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI1 2nd slave select pin | ||
010 = Timer1 external event input or Timer1 toggle output | ||
100 = SmartCard 2 RST | ||
101 = External interrupt 0 | ||
111 = LCD V1 | ||
Others = GPIOB[9] | ||
[10:8] | PB10_MFP | PB.10 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI0 2nd slave select pin | ||
010 = Timer2 external event input or Timer2 toggle output | ||
100 = SmartCard 2 clock | ||
101 = SPI0 MOSI0 | ||
111 = LCD V2 | ||
Others = GPIOB[10] | ||
[14:12] | PB11_MFP | PB.11 Pin Function Selection |
001 = PWM1 Channel 0 | ||
010 = Timer3 external event input or Timer3 toggle output | ||
100 = SmartCard 2 DATA | ||
101 = SPI0 MISO0 | ||
111 = LCD V3 | ||
Others = GPIOB[11] | ||
[18:16] | PB12_MFP | PB.12 Pin Function Selection |
010 = EBI AD[0] | ||
100 = FRQDIV_CLK | ||
111 = LCD SEG 24 | ||
Others = GPIOB[12] | ||
[22:20] | PB13_MFP | PB.13 Pin Function Selection |
010 = EBI AD[1] | ||
111 = LCD SEG 25 | ||
Others = GPIOB[13] | ||
[26:24] | PB14_MFP | PB.14 Pin Function Selection |
001 = External interrupt 0 | ||
011 = SmartCard 2 card detect | ||
100 = SPI2 2nd slave select pin | ||
111 = LCD SEG 26 | ||
Others = GPIOB[14] | ||
[30:28] | PB15_MFP | PB.15 Pin Function Selection |
001 = External interrupt 1 | ||
011 = Snooper pin | ||
100 = SmartCard1 card detect | ||
111 = LCD SEG 31 | ||
Others = GPIOB[15] |
Definition at line 2407 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PB_L_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PB0_MFP | PB.0 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART0 RX | ||
011 = SPI1 MOSI0 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 7 | ||
Others = GPIOB[0] | ||
[6:4] | PB1_MFP | PB.1 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART0 TX | ||
011 = SPI1 MISO0 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 6 | ||
Others = GPIOB[1] | ||
[10:8] | PB2_MFP | PB.2 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART0 RTSn | ||
010 = EBI nWRL | ||
011 = SPI1 SCLK | ||
111 = LCD SEG 5 | ||
Others = GPIOB[2] | ||
[14:12] | PB3_MFP | PB.3 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART0 CTSn | ||
010 = EBI nWRH | ||
011 = SPI1 1st slave select pin | ||
111 = LCD SEG 4 | ||
Others = GPIOB[3] | ||
[18:16] | PB4_MFP | PB.4 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART1 RX | ||
011 = SmartCard0 card detection | ||
100 = SPI2 1st slave select pin | ||
111 = LCD SEG 13 | ||
Others = GPIOB[4] | ||
[22:20] | PB5_MFP | PB.5 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART1 TX | ||
011 = SmartCard0 RST | ||
100 = SPI2 SCLK | ||
111 = LCD SEG 12 | ||
Others = GPIOB[5] | ||
[26:24] | PB6_MFP | PB.6 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART1 RTSn | ||
010 = EBI ALE | ||
100 = SPI2 MISO0 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 11 | ||
Others = GPIOB[6] | ||
[30:28] | PB7_MFP | PB.7 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART1 CTSn | ||
010 = EBI nCS | ||
100 = SPI2 MOSI0 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 10 | ||
Others = GPIOB[7] |
Definition at line 2348 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PC_H_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PC8_MFP | PC.8 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI1 1st slave select pin | ||
010 = EBI MCLK | ||
101 = I2C1 SDA | ||
Others = GPIOC[8] | ||
[6:4] | PC9_MFP | PC.9 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI1 SCLK | ||
101 = I2C1 SCL | ||
Others = GPIOC[9] | ||
[10:8] | PC10_MFP | PC.10 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI1 MISO0 | ||
101 = UART1 RX | ||
Others = GPIOC[10] | ||
[14:12] | PC11_MFP | PC.11 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI1 MOSI0 | ||
101 = UART1 TX | ||
Others = GPIOC[11] | ||
[18:16] | PC12_MFP | PC.12 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI1 MISO1 | ||
010 = PWM1 Channel 0 | ||
101 = External interrupt 0 | ||
110 = I2C0 SDA | ||
Others = GPIOC[12] | ||
[22:20] | PC13_MFP | PC.13 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI1 MOSI1 | ||
010 = PWM1 Channel 1 | ||
100 = Snooper pin | ||
101 = External interrupt 1 | ||
110 = I2C0 SCL | ||
Others = GPIOC[13] | ||
[26:24] | PC14_MFP | PC.14 Pin Function Selection |
010 = EBI AD[2] | ||
100 = PWM1 Channel 3 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 32 | ||
Others = GPIOC[14] | ||
[30:28] | PC15_MFP | PC.15 Pin Function Selection |
010 = EBI AD[3] | ||
011 = Timer0 capture event | ||
100 = PWM1 Channel 2 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 33 | ||
Others = GPIOC[15] |
Definition at line 2513 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PC_L_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PC0_MFP | PC.0 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI0 1st slave select pin | ||
010 = I2S WS | ||
100 = SmartCard1 clock | ||
111 = LCD DH1 | ||
Others = GPIOC[0] | ||
[6:4] | PC1_MFP | PC.1 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI0 SCLK | ||
010 = I2S BCLK | ||
100 = SmartCard1 DATA | ||
111 = LCD DH2 | ||
Others = GPIOC[1] | ||
[10:8] | PC2_MFP | PC.2 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI0 MISO0 | ||
010 = I2S Din | ||
100 = SmartCard1 Power | ||
111 = LCD COM 0 | ||
Others = GPIOC[2] | ||
[14:12] | PC3_MFP | PC.3 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI0 MOSI1 | ||
010 = I2S Dout | ||
100 = SmartCard1 RST | ||
111 = LCD COM 1 | ||
Others = GPIOC[3] | ||
[18:16] | PC4_MFP | PC.4 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI0 MISO1 | ||
111 = LCD COM 2 | ||
Others = GPIOC[4] | ||
[22:20] | PC5_MFP | PC.5 Pin Function Selection |
001 = SPI0 MOSI1 | ||
111 = LCD COM 3 | ||
Others = GPIOC[5] | ||
[26:24] | PC6_MFP | PC.6 Pin Function Selection |
001 = DA out0 | ||
010 = EBI AD[4] | ||
011 = Timer0 capture event | ||
100 = SmartCard1 card detection | ||
101 = PWM0 Channel 0 | ||
Others = GPIOC[6] | ||
[30:28] | PC7_MFP | PC.7 Pin Function Selection |
001 = DA out1 | ||
010 = EBI AD[5] | ||
011 = Timer1 capture event | ||
101 = PWM0 Channel 1 | ||
Others = GPIOC[7] |
Definition at line 2462 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PD_H_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PD8_MFP | PD.8 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 19 | ||
Others = GPIOD[8] | ||
[6:4] | PD9_MFP | PD.9 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 18 | ||
Others = GPIOD[9] | ||
[10:8] | PD10_MFP | PD.10 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 17 | ||
Others = GPIOD[10] | ||
[14:12] | PD11_MFP | PD.11 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 16 | ||
Others = GPIOD[11] | ||
[18:16] | PD12_MFP | PD.12 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 15 | ||
Others = GPIOD[12] | ||
[22:20] | PD13_MFP | PD.13 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 14 | ||
Others = GPIOD[13] | ||
[26:24] | PD14_MFP | PD.14 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 1 | ||
Others = GPIOD[14] | ||
[30:28] | PD15_MFP | PD.15 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 0 | ||
Others = GPIOD[15] |
Definition at line 2600 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PD_L_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PD0_MFP | PD.0 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART1 RX | ||
011 = SPI2 1st slave select pin | ||
100 = SmartCard1 clock | ||
101 = ADC input channel8 | ||
Others = GPIOD[0] | ||
[6:4] | PD1_MFP | PD.1 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART1 TX | ||
011 = SPI2 SCLK | ||
100 = SmartCard1 DATA | ||
101 = ADC input channel9 | ||
Others = GPIOD[1] | ||
[10:8] | PD2_MFP | PD.2 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART1 RTSn | ||
010 = I2S WS | ||
011 = SPI2 MISO0 | ||
100 = SmartCard1 power | ||
101 = ADC input channel10 | ||
Others = GPIOD[2] | ||
[14:12] | PD3_MFP | PD.3 Pin Function Selection |
001 = UART1 CTSn | ||
010 = I2S BCLK | ||
011 = SPI2 MOSI0 | ||
100 = SmartCard1 reset | ||
101 = ADC input channel11 | ||
Others = GPIOD[3] | ||
[18:16] | PD4_MFP | PD.4 Pin Function Selection |
010 = I2S Din | ||
011 = SPI2 MISO1 | ||
100 = SmartCard1 card detection | ||
111 = LCD SEG 35 | ||
Others = GPIOD[4] | ||
[22:20] | PD5_MFP | PD.5 Pin Function Selection |
010 = I2S Dout | ||
011 = SPI2 MOSI1 | ||
111 = LCD SEG 34 | ||
Others = GPIOD[5] | ||
[26:24] | PD6_MFP | PD.6 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 3 | ||
Others = GPIOD[6] | ||
[30:28] | PD7_MFP | PD.7 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 2 | ||
Others = GPIOD[7] |
Definition at line 2566 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t SYS_T::PDID |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | PDID | Part Device ID |
This register reflects device part number code. | ||
Software can read this register to identify which device is used. |
Definition at line 2008 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t ADC_T::PDMA |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[11:0] | AD_PDMA | ADC PDMA Current Transfer Data Register |
When PDMA transferring, read this register can monitor current PDMA transfer data. | ||
This is a read only register. |
Definition at line 452 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t USBD_T::PDMA |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | PDMA_RW | PDMA_RW |
0 = The PDMA will read data from memory to USB buffer. | ||
1 = The PDMA will read data from USB buffer to memory. | ||
[1] | PDMA_TRG | Active PDMA Function |
0 = The PDMA function is not active. | ||
1 = The PDMA function in USB is active. | ||
This bit will be automatically cleared after PDMA transfer done. | ||
[2] | BYTEM | CPU Access USB SRAM Size Mode Select |
0 = Word Mode: The size of the transfer from CPU to USB SRAM is Word order. | ||
1 = Byte Mode: The size of the transfer from CPU to USB SRAM is Byte order. | ||
[3] | PDMA_RST | PDMA Reset |
It is used to reset the USB PDMA function into default state. | ||
0 = No Reset PDMA Reset Disable. | ||
1 = Reset the PDMA function in this controller. | ||
Note: it is auto cleared to 0 after the reset function done. |
Definition at line 11153 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::PDMACH0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | Captureddata7_0 | PDMACH0 |
When CH01CASK is disabled, it is the capturing value(CFL0/CRL0) for channel 0 | ||
When CH01CASK is enabled, It is the for the first byte of 32 bit capturing data for channel 0 | ||
[15:8] | Captureddata15_8 | PDMACH0 |
When CH01CASK is disabled, it is the capturing value(CFL0/CRL0) for channel 0 | ||
When CH01CASK is enabled, It is the second byte of 32 bit capturing data for channel 0 | ||
[23:16] | Captureddata23_16 | PDMACH0 |
When CH01CASK is disabled, this byte is 0 | ||
When CH01CASK is enabled, It is the third byte of 32 bit capturing data for channel 0 | ||
[31:24] | Captureddata31_24 | PDMACH0 |
When CH01CASK is disabled, this byte is 0 | ||
When CH01CASK is enabled, It is the 4th byte of 32 bit capturing data for channel 0 |
Definition at line 7323 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t PWM_T::PDMACH2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | Captureddata7_0 | PDMACH0 |
When CH23CASK is disabled, it is the capturing value(CFL2/CRL2) for channel 2 | ||
When CH23CASK is enabled, It is the for the first byte of 32 bit capturing data for channel 2 | ||
[15:8] | Captureddata15_8 | PDMACH0 |
When CH23CASK is disabled, it is the capturing value(CFL2/CRL2) for channel 2 | ||
When CH23CASK is enabled, It is the second byte of 32 bit capturing data for channel 2 | ||
[23:16] | Captureddata23_16 | PDMACH0 |
When CH23CASK is disabled, this byte is 0 | ||
When CH23CASK is enabled, It is the third byte of 32 bit capturing data for channel 2 | ||
[31:24] | Captureddata31_24 | PDMACH0 |
When CH23CASK is disabled, this byte is 0 | ||
When CH23CASK is enabled, It is the 4th byte of 32 bit capturing data for channel 2 |
Definition at line 7345 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PE_H_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PE8_MFP | PE.8 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 9 | ||
Others = GPIOE[8] | ||
[6:4] | PE9_MFP | PE.9 Pin Function Selection |
111 = UART1 RX | ||
Others = GPIOE[9] | ||
[10:8] | PE10_MFP | PE.10 Pin Function Selection |
111 = UART1 TX | ||
Others = GPIOE[10] | ||
[14:12] | PE11_MFP | PE.11 Pin Function Selection |
111 = UART1 RTSn | ||
Others = GPIOE[11] | ||
[18:16] | PE12_MFP | PE.12 Pin Function Selection |
111 = UART1 CTSn | ||
Others = GPIOE[12] | ||
[22:20] | PE13_MFP | PE.13 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 27 | ||
Others = GPIOE[13] | ||
[26:24] | PE14_MFP | PE.14 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 28 | ||
Others = GPIOE[14] | ||
[30:28] | PE15_MFP | PE.15 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 2 | ||
Others = GPIOE[15] |
Definition at line 2669 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PE_L_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PE0_MFP | PE.0 Pin Function Selection |
001 = PWM1 Channel 2 | ||
010 = I2S MCLK | ||
Others = GPIOE[0] | ||
[6:4] | PE1_MFP | PE.1 Pin Function Selection |
001 = PWM1 Channel 3 | ||
110 = SPI0 1st slave select pin | ||
Others = GPIOE[1] | ||
[10:8] | PE2_MFP | PE.2 Pin Function Selection |
110 = SPI0 SCLK | ||
Others = GPIOE[2] | ||
[14:12] | PE3_MFP | PE.3 Pin Function Selection |
110 = SPI0 MISO0 | ||
Others = GPIOE[3] | ||
[18:16] | PE4_MFP | PE.4 Pin Function Selection |
110 = SPI0 MOSI0 | ||
Others = GPIOE[4] | ||
[22:20] | PE5_MFP | PE.5 Pin Function Selection |
001 = PWM1 Channel 1 | ||
Others = GPIOE[5] | ||
[26:24] | PE6_MFP | PE.6 Pin Function Selection |
GPIOE[6] | ||
[30:28] | PE7_MFP | PE.7 Pin Function Selection |
111 = LCD SEG 8 | ||
Others = GPIOE[7] |
Definition at line 2635 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PF_L_MFP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | PF0_MFP | PF.0 Pin Function Selection |
101 = External interrupt 0 | ||
111 = ICE DATA | ||
Others = GPIOF[1] | ||
[6:4] | PF1_MFP | PF.1 Pin Function Selection |
100 = FRQDIV_CLK | ||
101 = External interrupt 1 | ||
111 = ICE CLOCK | ||
Others = GPIOF[1] | ||
[10:8] | PF2_MFP | PF.2 Pin Function Selection |
111 = HXT OUT | ||
Others = GPIOF[2] | ||
[14:12] | PF3_MFP | PF.3 Pin Function Selection |
111 = HXT IN | ||
Others = GPIOF[3] | ||
[18:16] | PF4_MFP | PF.4 Pin Function Selection |
001 = I2C0 SDA | ||
Others = GPIOF[4] | ||
[22:20] | PF5_MFP | PF.5 Pin Function Selection |
001 = I2C0 SCL | ||
Others = GPIOF[5] |
Definition at line 2700 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t GPIO_T::PIN |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | PIN | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Value |
The value read from each of these bit reflects the actual status of the respective GPI/O pin | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PIN, bits [15:6] are reserved. |
Definition at line 3599 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::PINCSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | POW_EN | SC_POW_EN Pin Signal |
This bit is the pin status of SC_POW_EN but user can drive SC_POW_EN pin to high or low by setting this bit. | ||
0 = Drive SC_POW_EN pin to low. | ||
1 = Drive SC_POW_EN pin to high. | ||
Note: When operation at activation, warm reset or deactivation mode, this bit will be changed automatically. | ||
So don't fill this field When operating in these modes. | ||
[1] | SC_RST | SC_RST Pin Signal |
This bit is the pin status of SC_RST but user can drive SC_RST pin to high or low by setting this bit. | ||
0 = Drive SC_RST pin to low. | ||
1 = Drive SC_RST pin to high. | ||
Note: When operation at activation, warm reset or deactivation mode, this bit will be changed automatically. | ||
So don't fill this field When operating in these modes. | ||
[2] | CD_REM_F | Card Detect Removal Status Of SC_CD Pin (Read Only) |
This bit is set whenever card has been removal. | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Card Removal. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: Card detect engine will start after SC_CTL [SC_CEN] set. | ||
[3] | CD_INS_F | Card Detect Insert Status Of SC_CD Pin (Read Only) |
This bit is set whenever card has been inserted. | ||
0 = No effect. | ||
1 = Card insert. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: Card detect engine will start after SC_CTL [SC_CEN] set. | ||
[4] | CD_PIN_ST | Card Detect Status Of SC_CD Pin Status (Read Only) |
This bit is the pin status flag of SC_CD | ||
0 = SC_CD pin state at low. | ||
1 = SC_CD pin state at high. | ||
[6] | CLK_KEEP | SC Clock Enable |
0 = SC clock generation Disabled. | ||
1 = SC clock always keeps free running. | ||
Note: When operation at activation, warm reset or deactivation mode, this bit will be changed automatically. | ||
So don't fill this field when operation in these modes. | ||
[7] | ADAC_CD_EN | Auto Deactivation When Card Removal |
0 = Auto deactivation Disabled when hardware detected the card is removal. | ||
1 = Auto deactivation Enabled when hardware detected the card is removal. | ||
Note1: When the card is removal, hardware will stop any process and then do deactivation sequence (if this bit be setting). | ||
If this process completes. | ||
Hardware will generate an interrupt INT_INIT to CPU. | ||
[8] | SC_OEN_ST | SC Data Pin Output Enable Status (Read Only) |
0 = SC data output enable pin status is at low. | ||
1 = SC data output enable pin status is at high. | ||
[9] | SC_DATA_O | Output Of SC Data Pin |
This bit is the pin status of SC data output but user can drive this pin to high or low by setting this bit. | ||
0 = Drive SC data output pin to low. | ||
1 = Drive SC data output pin to high. | ||
Note: When SC is at activation, warm re set or deactivation mode, this bit will be changed automatically. | ||
So don't fill this field when SC is in these modes. | ||
[10] | CD_LEV | Card Detect Level |
0 = When hardware detects the card detect pin from high to low, it indicates a card is detected. | ||
1 = When hardware detects the card detect pin from low to high, it indicates a card is detected. | ||
Note: Software must select card detect level before Smart Card engine enable | ||
[11] | POW_INV | SC_POW Pin Inverse |
This bit is used for inverse the SC_POW pin. | ||
There are four kinds of combination for SC_POW pin setting by POW_INV and | ||
POW_EN(SC_PINCSR[0]). POW_INV is bit 1 and POW_EN is bit 0 for SC_POW_Pin as | ||
high or low voltage selection. | ||
POW_INV is 0 and POW_EN is 0, than SC_POW Pin output 0. | ||
POW_INV is 0 and POW_EN is 1, than SC_POW Pin output 1. | ||
POW_INV is 1 and POW_EN is 0, than SC_POW Pin output 1. | ||
POW_INV is 1 and POW_EN is 1, than SC_POW Pin output 0. | ||
Note: Software must select POW_INV before Smart Card is enabled by SC_CEN (SC_CTL[0]) | ||
[16] | SC_DATA_I_ST | SC Data Input Pin Status (Read Only) |
This bit is the pin status of SC_DATA_I | ||
0 = The SC_DATA_I pin is low. | ||
1 = The SC_DATA_I pin is high. |
Definition at line 8785 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::PLLCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[4:0] | FB_DV | PLL Feedback Divider Control Pins |
Refer to the formulas below the table. | ||
The range of FB_DV is from 0 to 63. | ||
[9:8] | IN_DV | PLL Input Divider Control Pins |
Refer to the formulas below the table. | ||
[12] | OUT_DV | PLL Output Divider Control Pins |
Refer to the formulas below the table. This bit MUST be 0 for PLL output low deviation. | ||
[16] | PD | Power-Down Mode |
If set the PD_EN bit "1" in PWR_CTL register, the PLL will enter Power-down mode too | ||
0 = PLL is in normal mode. | ||
1 = PLL is in power-down mode (default). | ||
[17] | PLL_SRC | PLL Source Clock Select |
0 = PLL source clock from HXT. | ||
1 = PLL source clock from HIRC. |
Definition at line 1129 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::PMD |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1:0] | PMD0 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[3:2] | PMD1 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[5:4] | PMD2 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[7:6] | PMD3 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[9:8] | PMD4 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[11:10] | PMD5 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[13:12] | PMD6 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[15:14] | PMD7 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[17:16] | PMD8 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[19:18] | PMD9 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[21:20] | PMD10 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[23:22] | PMD11 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[25:24] | PMD12 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[27:26] | PMD13 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[29:28] | PMD14 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. | ||
[31:30] | PMD15 | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Mode Control |
Determine the I/O type of GPIO port [x] pin [n] | ||
00 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in INPUT mode. | ||
01 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in OUTPUT mode. | ||
10 = GPIO port [x] pin [n] is in Open-Drain mode. | ||
11 = Reserved. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PMD, PMD6 ~ PMD15 are reserved. |
Definition at line 3537 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::PORCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | POR_DIS_CODE | Power-On Reset Enable Control |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
When powered on, the POR circuit generates a reset signal to reset the whole chip function, but noise on the power may cause the POR active again. | ||
If setting the POR_DIS_CODE to 0x5AA5, the POR reset function will be disabled and the POR function will be active again when POR_DIS_CODE is set to another value or POR_DIS_CODE is reset by chip other reset functions, including: /RESET, Watchdog Timer reset, BOD reset, ICE reset command and the software-chip reset function. |
Definition at line 2716 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t TIMER_T::PRECNT |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | PRESCALE_CNT | Pre-Scale Counter |
Clock input is divided by PRESCALE_CNT + 1 before it is fed to the counter. | ||
If PRESCALE_CNT =0, then there is no scaling. |
Definition at line 9898 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PWM_T::PRES |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | CP01 | Clock Prescaler 0 For PWM Timer 0 & 1 |
Clock input is divided by (CP01 + 1) before it is fed to the counter 0 & 1 | ||
If CP01 =0, the prescaler 0 output clock will be stopped. So PWM counter 0 and 1 will be stopped also. | ||
[15:8] | CP23 | Clock Prescaler 2 For PWM Timer 2 & 3 |
Clock input is divided by (CP23 + 1) before it is fed to the counter 2 & 3 | ||
If CP23=0, the prescaler 2 output clock will be stopped. So PWM counter2 and 3 will be stopped also. | ||
[23:16] | DZ01 | Dead Zone Interval Register For CH0 And CH1 Pair |
These 8 bits determine dead zone length. | ||
The unit time of dead zone length is received from clock selector 0. | ||
[31:24] | DZ23 | Dead Zone Interval Register For CH2 And CH3 Pair |
These 8 bits determine dead zone length. | ||
The unit time of dead zone length is received from clock selector 2. |
Definition at line 6607 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t GPIO_T::PUEN |
Offset: 0x24 GPIO Port
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | PUEN | GPIO Port [X] Pin [N] Pull-Up Enable Register |
Read : | ||
1 = GPIO port [A/B/C/D/E/F] bit [n] pull-up resistor Enabled. | ||
0 = GPIO port [A/B/C/D/E/F] bit [n] pull-up resistor Disabled. | ||
Note: For GPIOF_PUEN, bits [15:6] are reserved. |
Definition at line 3971 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::PWRCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | PWUPRDY | ADC Power-Up Sequence Completed And Ready For Conversion |
0 = ADC is not ready for conversion; may be in power down state or in the progress of power up. | ||
1 = ADC is ready for conversion. | ||
[1] | PWDCALEN | Power Up Calibration Function Enable |
1 = Power up with calibration. | ||
0 = Power up without calibration. | ||
Note: This bit work together with CALFBKSEL set 1 | ||
[3:2] | PWDMOD | Power-Down Mode |
00 = Power down | ||
01 = Reserved | ||
10 = Standby mode | ||
11 = Reserved | ||
Note: Different PWDMOD has different power down/up sequence, in order to avoid ADC powering up with wrong sequence; user must keep PWMOD consistent each time in powe down and power up |
Definition at line 475 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::PWRCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | HXT_EN | HXT Control |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
The bit default value is set by flash controller user configuration register config0 [26]. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
HXT is disabled by default. | ||
[1] | LXT_EN | LXT Control |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
LXT is disabled by default. | ||
[2] | HIRC_EN | HIRC Control |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
HIRC is enabled by default. | ||
[3] | LIRC_EN | LIRC Control |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
LIRC is enabled by default. | ||
[4] | WK_DLY | Wake-Up Delay Counter Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
When chip wakes up from Power-down mode, the clock control will delay 4096 clock cycles to wait HXT stable or 16 clock cycles to wait HIRC stable. | ||
0 = Delay clock cycle Disabled. | ||
1 = Delay clock cycle Enabled. | ||
[5] | PD_WK_IE | Power-Down Mode Wake-Up Interrupt Enable |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
PD_WK_INT will be set if both PD_WK_IS and PD_WK_IE are high. | ||
[6] | PD_EN | Chip Power-Down Mode Enable Bit |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
When CPU sets this bit, the chip power down is enabled and chip will not enter Power-down mode until CPU sleep mode is also active | ||
When chip wakes up from Power-down mode, this bit will be auto cleared. | ||
When chip is in Power-down mode, the LDO, HXT and HIRC will be disabled, but LXT and LIRC are not controlled by Power-down mode. | ||
When power down, the PLL and system clock (CPU, HCLKx and PCLKx) are also disabled no matter the Clock Source selection. | ||
Peripheral clocks are not controlled by this bit, if peripheral Clock Source is from LXT or LIRC. | ||
In Power-down mode, flash macro power is ON. | ||
0 = Chip operated in Normal mode. | ||
1 = Chip power down Enabled. | ||
[8] | HXT_SELXT | HXT SELXT |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = High frequency crystal loop back path Disabled. It is used for external oscillator. | ||
1 = High frequency crystal loop back path Enabled. It is used for external crystal. | ||
[9] | HXT_GAIN | HXT Gain Control Bit |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
Gain control is used to enlarge the gain of crystal to make sure crystal wok normally. | ||
If gain control is enabled, crystal will consume more power than gain control off. | ||
0 = Gain control Disabled. It means HXT gain is always high. | ||
For 16MHz to 24MHz crystal. | ||
1 = Gain control Enabled. HXT gain will be high lasting 2ms then low. This is for power saving. | ||
For 4MHz to 16MHz crystal. | ||
[10] | LXT_SCNT | LXT Stable Time Control |
This is a protected register. Please refer to open lock sequence to program it. | ||
0 = Delay 4096 LXT before LXT output. | ||
1 = Delay 8192 LXT before LXT output. | ||
[12:11] | HXT_HF_ST | HXT Frequency Selection |
Set this bit to meet HXT frequency selection (Recommended) | ||
00 = HXT frequency is from 4 MHz to 12 MHz. | ||
01 = HXT frequency is from 12 MHz to 16 MHz. | ||
10 = HXT frequency is from 16 MHz to 24 MHz. | ||
11 = Reserved. |
Definition at line 789 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t SC_T::RBR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | RBR | Receiving Buffer |
By reading this register, the SC Controller will return an 8-bit data received from RX pin (LSB first). |
Definition at line 8289 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t { ... } ::RBR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | RBR | Receiving Buffer |
By reading this register, the SC Controller will return an 8-bit data received from RX pin (LSB first). |
Definition at line 8289 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t UART_T::RBR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | RBR | Receiving Buffer |
By reading this register, the UART Controller will return an 8-bit data received from RX pin (LSB first). |
Definition at line 10115 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t { ... } ::RBR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | RBR | Receiving Buffer |
By reading this register, the UART Controller will return an 8-bit data received from RX pin (LSB first). |
Definition at line 10115 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::RegLockAddr |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RegUnLock | Register unlock bit |
0 = Protected register are Locked. Any write to the target register is ignored. | ||
1 = Protected registers are Unlocked. |
Definition at line 2941 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t USBD_EP_T::RESERVE |
Definition at line 10911 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t FMC_T::RESERVE0[10] |
Definition at line 1903 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t ADC_T::RESERVE0[1] |
Definition at line 438 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t DAC_T::RESERVE0[1] |
Definition at line 1541 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::RESERVE0[1] |
Definition at line 5632 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t PDMA_T::RESERVE0[1] |
Definition at line 6001 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t VDMA_T::RESERVE0[1] |
Definition at line 6186 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t PWM_T::RESERVE0[1] |
Definition at line 6778 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t I2C_T::RESERVE0[2] |
Definition at line 4386 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t RTC_T::RESERVE0[2] |
Definition at line 8021 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t SPI_T::RESERVE0[2] |
Definition at line 9446 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t UART_T::RESERVE0[2] |
Definition at line 10488 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t SYS_T::RESERVE0[4] |
Definition at line 2157 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t USBD_T::RESERVE0 |
Definition at line 11128 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t DAC_T::RESERVE1[1] |
Definition at line 1604 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::RESERVE1[1] |
Definition at line 5646 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t VDMA_T::RESERVE1[1] |
Definition at line 6262 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t PWM_T::RESERVE1[1] |
Definition at line 6829 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t SYS_T::RESERVE1[3] |
Definition at line 2172 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t SPI_T::RESERVE1[3] |
Definition at line 9480 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t I2C_T::RESERVE1[4] |
Definition at line 4420 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t SYS_T::RESERVE2[1] |
Definition at line 2701 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::RESERVE2[1] |
Definition at line 5660 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t PWM_T::RESERVE2[1] |
Definition at line 6880 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t PWM_T::RESERVE3[1] |
Definition at line 6931 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::RESERVE3[22] |
Definition at line 5714 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t SYS_T::RESERVE3[4] |
Definition at line 2839 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t SYS_T::RESERVE4[29] |
Definition at line 2927 of file Nano100Series.h.
uint32_t PWM_T::RESERVE4[3] |
Definition at line 6980 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t ADC_T::RESULT[18] |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[11:0] | RSLT | A/D Conversion Result |
This field contains 12 bits conversion results. | ||
[16] | VALID | Data Valid Flag |
It is a mirror of VALID bit in ADC_RESULTx | ||
[17] | OVERRUN | Over Run Flag |
It is a mirror to OVERRUN bit in ADC_RESULTx |
Definition at line 182 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::RFTMR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[8:0] | RFTM | SC Receiver Buffer Time-Out Register (ETU Based) |
The time-out counter resets and starts counting whenever the RX buffer received a new data word. | ||
Once the counter decrease to "1" and no new data is received or CPU does not read data by reading SC_RBR register, a receiver time-out interrupt INT_RTMR will be generated(if SC_IER[RTMR_IE] is high). | ||
Note1: The counter is ETU based and the real count value is RFTM + 1 | ||
Note2: Fill all "0" to this field to disable this function. |
Definition at line 8506 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::RIER |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | AIER | Alarm Interrupt Enable |
0 = RTC Alarm Interrupt is disabled. | ||
1 = RTC Alarm Interrupt is enabled. | ||
[1] | TIER | Time Tick Interrupt And Wake-Up By Tick Enable |
0 = RTC Time Tick Interrupt is disabled. | ||
1 = RTC Time Tick Interrupt is enabled. | ||
[2] | SNOOPIER | Snooper Pin Event Detection Interrupt Enable |
0 = Snooper Pin Event Detection Interrupt is disabled. | ||
1 = Snooper Pin Event Detection Interrupt is enabled. |
Definition at line 7966 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::RIIR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | AIS | RTC Alarm Interrupt Status |
RTC unit will set AIS to high once the RTC real time counters TLR and CLR reach the alarm setting time registers TAR and CAR. | ||
When this bit is set and AIER is also high, RTC will generate an interrupt to CPU. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing "1" to it through software. | ||
0 = RCT Alarm Interrupt condition never occurred. | ||
1 = RTC Alarm Interrupt is requested if RIER.AIER=1. | ||
[1] | TIS | RTC Time Tick Interrupt Status |
RTC unit will set TIF to high periodically in the period selected by TTR[2:0]. | ||
When this bit is set and TIER is also high, RTC will generate an interrupt to CPU. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing "1" to it through software. | ||
0 = RCT Time Tick Interrupt condition never occurred. | ||
1 = RTC Time Tick Interrupt is requested. | ||
[2] | SNOOPIF | Snooper Pin Event Detection Interrupt Flag |
When SNOOPEN is high and an event defined by SNOOPEDGE detected in snooper pin, this flag will be set. | ||
While this bit is set and SNOOPIER is also high, RTC will generate an interrupt to CPU. | ||
Write "1" to clear this bit to "0". | ||
0 = Snooper pin event defined by SNOOPEDGE never detected. | ||
1 = Snooper pin event defined by SNOOPEDGE detected. |
Definition at line 7994 of file Nano100Series.h.
__O uint32_t WWDT_T::RLD |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | RLD | Window Watchdog Timer Reload Counter Register |
Writing 0x00005AA5 to this register will reload the Window Watchdog Timer counter value to 0x3F. | ||
Note: SW only can write WWDTRLD when WWDT counter value between 0 and WINCMP. | ||
If SW writes WWDTRLD when WWDT counter value larger than WINCMP, WWDT will generate RESET signal. |
Definition at line 11484 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::RST_SRC |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RSTS_POR | The RSTS_POR Flag Is Set By The "Reset Signal" From The Power-On Reset (POR) Module Or Bit CHIP_RST (IPRSTC1[0]) To Indicate The Previous Reset Source |
0 = No reset from POR or CHIP_RST. | ||
1 = Power-on Reset (POR) or CHIP_RST had issued the reset signal to reset the system. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1 to itself. | ||
[1] | RSTS_PAD | The RSTS_PAD Flag Is Set By The "Reset Signal" From The /RESET Pin To Indicate The Previous Reset Source |
0 = No reset from /RESET pin. | ||
1 = The /RESET pin had issued the reset signal to reset the system. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1 to itself. | ||
[2] | RSTS_WDT | The RSTS_WDT Flag Is Set By The "Reset Signal" From The Watchdog Timer Module To Indicate The Previous Reset Source |
0 = No reset from Watchdog Timer. | ||
1 = The Watchdog Timer module had issued the reset signal to reset the system. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1 to itself. | ||
[4] | RSTS_BOD | The RSTS_BOD Flag Is Set By The "Reset Signal" From The Brown-Out-Detected Module To Indicate The Previous Reset Source |
0 = No reset from BOD. | ||
1 = Brown-out-Detected module had issued the reset signal to reset the system. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1 to itself. | ||
[5] | RSTS_SYS | The RSTS_SYS Flag Is Set By The "Reset Signal" From The Cortex_M0 Kernel To Indicate The Previous Reset Source |
0 = No reset from Cortex_M0. | ||
1 = Cortex_M0 had issued the reset signal to reset the system by writing 1 to the bit SYSRESTREQ(AIRCR[2], Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register) in system control registers of Cortex_M0 kernel. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1 to itself. | ||
[7] | RSTS_CPU | The RSTS_CPU Flag Is Set By Hardware If Software Writes CPU_RST (IPRST_CTL1[1]) "1" To Rest Cortex-M0 CPU Kernel And Flash Memory Controller (FMC) |
0 = No reset from CPU. | ||
1 = Cortex-M0 CPU kernel and FMC are reset by software setting CPU_RST to 1. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1 to itself. |
Definition at line 2042 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t SPI_T::RX0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | RDATA | Receive Data FIFO Register |
The received data can be read on it. | ||
If the FIFO bit is set as 1, the user also checks the RX_EMPTY, SPI_STATUS[0], to check if there is any more received data or not. | ||
Note: These registers are read only. |
Definition at line 9431 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t SPI_T::RX1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | RDATA | Receive Data FIFO Register |
The received data can be read on it. | ||
If the FIFO bit is set as 1, the user also checks the RX_EMPTY, SPI_STATUS[0], to check if there is any more received data or not. | ||
Note: These registers are read only. |
Definition at line 9445 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t I2S_T::RXFIFO |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | RXFIFO | Receiving FIFO Register |
I2S contains 8 words (8x32-bit) data buffer for data receiving. | ||
Read this register to get data in FIFO. | ||
The remaining data word number is indicated by RX_LEVEL[3:0] in the I2S_STATUS register. | ||
This register is read only. |
Definition at line 4816 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::SADDR0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | GCALL | General Call Function |
The I2C controller supports the "General Call" function. | ||
If the GCALL bit is set, the controller will respond to General Call address (00H). | ||
When GCALL bit is set, the controller is in Slave mode, it can receive the general call address by 00H after Master send general call address to the I2C bus, then it will follow status of GCALL mode. | ||
If it is in Master mode, the ACK bit must be cleared when it will send general call address of 00H to I2C bus. | ||
0 = General Call Function Disabled. | ||
1 = General Call Function Enabled. | ||
[7:1] | SADDR | I2C Salve Address Register |
The content of this register is irrelevant when the device is in Master mode. | ||
In the Slave mode, the seven most significant bits must be loaded with the device's own address. | ||
The device will react if either of the address is matched. |
Definition at line 4364 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::SADDR1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | GCALL | General Call Function |
The I2C controller supports the "General Call" function. | ||
If the GCALL bit is set, the controller will respond to General Call address (00H). | ||
When GCALL bit is set, the controller is in Slave mode, it can receive the general call address by 00H after Master send general call address to the I2C bus, then it will follow status of GCALL mode. | ||
If it is in Master mode, the ACK bit must be cleared when it will send general call address of 00H to I2C bus. | ||
0 = General Call Function Disabled. | ||
1 = General Call Function Enabled. | ||
[7:1] | SADDR | I2C Salve Address Register |
The content of this register is irrelevant when the device is in Master mode. | ||
In the Slave mode, the seven most significant bits must be loaded with the device's own address. | ||
The device will react if either of the address is matched. |
Definition at line 4385 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::SAMASK0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:1] | SAMASK | I2C Slave Address Mask Register |
0 = Mask disable (the received corresponding register bit should be exact the same as address register.). | ||
1 = Mask enable (the received corresponding address bit is don't care.). | ||
I2C bus controllers support multiple address recognition with two address mask registers. | ||
When the bit in the address mask register is set to b'1, it means the received corresponding address bit is don't-care. | ||
If the bit is set to b'0, that means the received corresponding register bit should be exact the same as address register. |
Definition at line 4403 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::SAMASK1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:1] | SAMASK | I2C Slave Address Mask Register |
0 = Mask disable (the received corresponding register bit should be exact the same as address register.). | ||
1 = Mask enable (the received corresponding address bit is don't care.). | ||
I2C bus controllers support multiple address recognition with two address mask registers. | ||
When the bit in the address mask register is set to b'1, it means the received corresponding address bit is don't-care. | ||
If the bit is set to b'0, that means the received corresponding register bit should be exact the same as address register. |
Definition at line 4419 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PDMA_T::SAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | PDMA_SAR | PDMA Transfer Source Address Register |
This field indicates a 32-bit source address of PDMA. | ||
Note: The source address must be word alignment. |
Definition at line 5974 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t VDMA_T::SAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | VDMA_SAR | VDMA Transfer Source Address Register |
This field indicates a 32-bit source address of VDMA. |
Definition at line 6160 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t VDMA_T::SASOCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | SASTOBL | VDMA Source Address Stride Offset Byte Length |
The 16-bit register defines the source address stride transfer offset count of each row. | ||
[31:16] | STBC | VDMA Stride Transfer Byte Count |
The 16-bit register defines the stride transfer byte count of each row. |
Definition at line 6277 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::SEED |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | CRC_SEED | CRC Seed Register |
This field indicates the CRC seed value. |
Definition at line 5742 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::SMPLCNT0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | CH0SAMPCNT | Channel 0 Sampling Counter |
0000 = 0 ADC clock | ||
0001 = 1 ADC clock | ||
0010 = 2 ADC clocks | ||
0011 = 4 ADC clocks | ||
0100 = 8 ADC clocks | ||
0101 = 16 ADC clocks | ||
0110 = 32 ADC clocks | ||
0111 = 64 ADC clocks | ||
1000 = 128 ADC clocks | ||
1001 = 256 ADC clocks | ||
1010 = 512 ADC clocks | ||
Others = 1024 ADC clocks | ||
[7:4] | CH1SAMPCNT | Channel 1 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[11:8] | CH2SAMPCNT | Channel 2 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[15:12] | CH3SAMPCNT | Channel 3 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[19:16] | CH4SAMPCNT | Channel 4 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[23:20] | CH5SAMPCNT | Channel 5 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[27:24] | CH6SAMPCNT | Channel 6 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[31:28] | CH7SAMPCNT | Channel 7 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. |
Definition at line 550 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::SMPLCNT1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | CH8SAMPCNT | Channel 8 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[7:4] | CH9SAMPCNT | Channel 9 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[11:8] | CH10SAMPCNT | Channel 10 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[15:12] | CH11SAMPCNT | Channel 11 Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. | ||
[19:16] | INTCHSAMPCNT | Internal Channel (VTEMP, AVDD, AVSS, Int_VREF, DAC0, DAC1) Sampling Counter |
The same as Channel 0 sampling counter table. |
Definition at line 570 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::SPR[20] |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | SPARE | SPARE |
This field is used to store back-up information defined by software. | ||
This field will be cleared by hardware automatically once a snooper pin event is detected. |
Definition at line 8062 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::SPRCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | SNOOPEN | Snooper Pin Event Detection Enable |
This bit enables the snooper pin event detection. | ||
When this bit is set high and an event defined by SNOOPEDGE detected, the 20 spare registers will be cleared to "0" by hardware automatically. | ||
And, the SNOOPIF will also be set. | ||
In addition, RTC will also generate wake-up event to wake system up. | ||
0 = Snooper pin event detection function Disabled. | ||
1 = Snooper pin event detection function Enabled. | ||
[1] | SNOOPEDGE | Snooper Active Edge Selection |
This bit defines which edge of snooper pin will generate a snooper pin detected event to clear the 20 spare registers. | ||
0 = Rising edge of snooper pin generates snooper pin detected event. | ||
1 = Falling edge of snooper pin generates snooper pin detected event. | ||
[7] | SPRRDY | SPR Register Ready |
This bit indicates if the registers SPR0 ~ SPR19 are ready to read. | ||
After CPU writing registers SPR0 ~ SPR19, polling this bit to check if SP0 ~ SPR19 are updated done is necessary. | ||
This it is read only and any write to this bit won't take any effect. | ||
0 = SPR0 ~ SPR19 updating is in progress. | ||
1 = SPR0 ~ SPR19 are updated done and ready to read. |
Definition at line 8049 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t ADC_T::SR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | ADF | A/D Conversion End Flag |
A status flag that indicates the end of A/D conversion. | ||
ADF is set to 1 at these two conditions: | ||
When A/D conversion ends in single mode | ||
When A/D conversion ends on all specified channels in scan mode. | ||
This flag can be cleared by writing 1 to it. | ||
[1] | CMPF0 | Compare Flag |
When the selected channel A/D conversion result meets setting condition in ADCMPR0 then this bit is set to 1. | ||
And it is cleared by writing 1 to self. | ||
0 = Conversion result in ADC_RESULTx does not meet ADCMPR0setting. | ||
1 = Conversion result in ADC_RESULTx meets ADCMPR0setting. | ||
This flag can be cleared by writing 1 to it. | ||
Note: When this flag is set, the matching counter will be reset to 0,and continue to count when user write 1 to clear CMPF0 | ||
[2] | CMPF1 | Compare Flag |
When the selected channel A/D conversion result meets setting condition in ADCMPR1 then this bit is set to 1. | ||
And it is cleared by writing 1 to self. | ||
0 = Conversion result in ADC_RESULTx does not meet ADCMPR1 setting. | ||
1 = Conversion result in ADC_RESULTx meets ADCMPR1 setting. | ||
This flag can be cleared by writing 1 to it. | ||
Note: when this flag is set, the matching counter will be reset to 0,and continue to count when user write 1 to clear CMPF1 | ||
[3] | BUSY | BUSY/IDLE |
0 = A/D converter is in idle state. | ||
1 = A/D converter is busy at conversion. | ||
This bit is a mirror of ADST bit in ADCR. That is to say if ADST = 1,then BUSY is 1 and vice versa. | ||
It is read only. | ||
[8:4] | CHANNEL | Current Conversion Channel |
This filed reflects current conversion channel when BUSY=1. | ||
When BUSY=0, it shows the next channel to be converted. | ||
It is read only. | ||
[16] | INITRDY | ADC Power-Up Sequence Completed |
0 = ADC not powered up after system reset. | ||
1 = ADC has been powered up since the last system reset. | ||
Note: This bit will be set after system reset occurred and automatically cleared by power-up event. |
Definition at line 437 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SPI_T::SSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1:0] | SSR | Slave Select Active Register (Master Only) |
If AUTOSS bit is cleared, writing "1" to SSR[0] bit sets the SPISS[0] line to an active state and writing "0" sets the line back to inactive state.(the same as SSR[1] for SPISS[1]) | ||
If AUTOSS bit is set, writing "1" to any bit location of this field will select appropriate SPISS[1:0] line to be automatically driven to active state for the duration of the transaction, and will be driven to inactive state for the rest of the time. | ||
(The active level of SPISS[1:0] is specified in SS_LVL). | ||
Note: | ||
1. This interface can only drive one device/slave at a given time. | ||
Therefore, the slaves select of the selected device must be set to its active level before starting any read or write transfer. | ||
2. SPISS[0] is also defined as device/slave select input in Slave mode. | ||
And that the slave select input must be driven by edge active trigger which level depend on the SS_LVL setting, otherwise the SPI slave core will go into dead path until the edge active triggers again or reset the SPI core by software. | ||
[2] | SS_LVL | Slave Select Active Level |
It defines the active level of device/slave select signal (SPISS[1:0]). | ||
0 = The SPI_SS slave select signal is active Low. | ||
1 = The SPI_SS slave select signal is active High. | ||
[3] | AUTOSS | Automatic Slave Selection (Master Only) |
0 = If this bit is set as "0", slave select signals are asserted and de-asserted by setting and clearing related bits in SSR[1:0] register. | ||
1 = If this bit is set as "1", SPISS[1:0] signals are generated automatically. | ||
It means that device/slave select signal, which is set in SSR[1:0] register is asserted by the SPI controller when transmit/receive is started, and is de-asserted after each transaction is done. | ||
[4] | SS_LTRIG | Slave Select Level Trigger |
0 = The input slave select signal is edge-trigger. | ||
1 = The slave select signal will be level-trigger. | ||
It depends on SS_LVL to decide the signal is active low or active high. | ||
[5] | NOSLVSEL | No Slave Selected In Slave Mode |
This is used to ignore the slave select signal in Slave mode. | ||
The SPI controller can work on 3 wire interface including SPICLK, SPI_MISO, and SPI_MOSI when it is set as a slave device. | ||
0 = The controller is 4-wire bi-direction interface. | ||
1 = The controller is 3-wire bi-direction interface in Slave mode. | ||
When this bit is set as 1, the controller start to transmit/receive data after the GO_BUSY bit active and the serial clock input. | ||
Note: In no slave select signal mode, the SS_LTRIG, SPI_SSR[4], shall be set as "1". | ||
[8] | SLV_ABORT | Abort In Slave Mode With No Slave Selected |
In normal operation, there is interrupt event when the received data meet the required bits which define in TX_BIT_LEN. | ||
If the received bits are less than the requirement and there is no more serial clock input over the time period which is defined by user in slave mode with no slave select, the user can set this bit to force the current transfer done and then the user can get a transfer done interrupt event. | ||
Note: It is auto cleared to "0" by hardware when the abort event is active. | ||
[9] | SSTA_INTEN | Slave Start Interrupt Enable |
It is used to enable interrupt when the transfer has started in Slave mode with no slave select. | ||
If there is no transfer done interrupt over the time period which is defined by user after the transfer start, the user can set the SLV_ABORT bit to force the transfer done. | ||
0 = Tansfer start interrupt Disabled. | ||
1 = Transaction start interrupt Enabled. | ||
It is cleared when the current transfer done or the SLV_START_INTSTS bit cleared (write 1 clear). | ||
[16] | SS_INT_OPT | Slave Select Interrupt Option |
It is used to enable the interrupt when the transfer has done in slave mode. | ||
0 = No any interrupt, even there is slave select inactive event. | ||
1 = There is interrupt event when the slave select is inactive. | ||
It is used to inform the user the transaction has finished and the slave select into the inactive state. |
Definition at line 9417 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t I2C_T::STATUS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | STATUS | I2C Status Register |
This is a read only register. | ||
The three least significant bits are always 0. | ||
The five most significant bits contain the status code. | ||
When each of these states is entered, a status interrupt and I2C_STS are requested (I2C_STS = 1 and STAINTSTS = 1). | ||
A valid status code is present in STATUS one machine cycle after I2C_STS is set by hardware and is still present one machine cycle after I2C_STS has been reset by software. | ||
In addition, states 00H stands for a 'Bus Error'. | ||
A 'Bus Error' occurs when a START or STOP condition is present at an illegal position in the formation frame. | ||
Example of illegal position: a data byte or an acknowledge bit is present during the serial transfer of an address byte. | ||
To recover I2C from bus error, STOP should be set and I2C_STS should be cleared to enter not addressed Slave mode. | ||
Then clear STOP to release the bus and to wait new communication. | ||
I2C bus can not recognize stop condition during this action when bus error occurs. |
Definition at line 4291 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2S_T::STATUS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | I2SINT | I2S Interrupt Flag |
0 = No I2S interrupt. | ||
1 = I2S interrupt occurred. | ||
It is wire-OR of I2STXINT and I2SRXINT bits. | ||
This bit is read only. | ||
[1] | I2SRXINT | I2S Receiving Interrupt |
0 = No receiving interrupt occurred. | ||
1 = Receiving interrupt occurred. | ||
This bit is read only | ||
[2] | I2STXINT | I2S Transmit Interrupt |
0 = No transmit interrupt occurred. | ||
1 = Transmit interrupt occurred. | ||
This bit is read only | ||
[3] | RIGHT | Right Channel |
This bit indicates the current transmitting data is belong to right channel | ||
0 = Left channel. | ||
1 = Right channel. | ||
This bit is read only | ||
[8] | RXUDF | Receiving FIFO Underflow Flag |
Read the receiving FIFO when it is empty, this bit set to "1" indicate underflow occur. | ||
0 = No underflow occurred. | ||
1 = Underflow occurred. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1. | ||
[9] | RXOVF | Receiving FIFO Overflow Flag |
When the receiving FIFO is full and receiving hardware attempts to write data into receiving FIFO then this bit is set to "1". | ||
Data in 1st buffer is overwritten. | ||
0 = No overflow occurred. | ||
1 = Overflow occurred. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1. | ||
[10] | RXTHF | Receiving FIFO Threshold Flag |
When data word(s) in the receiving FIFO is equal to or higher than threshold value set in RXTH[2:0], the RXTHF bit becomes to "1". | ||
It keeps at "1" till RX_LEVEL[3:0] less than RXTH[1:0] after software reads data from the RXFIFO register. | ||
0 = Data word(s) in receiving FIFO is lower than threshold level. | ||
1 = Data word(s) in receiving FIFO is equal to or higher than threshold level. | ||
This bit is read only | ||
[11] | RXFULL | Receiving FIFO Full |
This bit reflect data word number in the receiving FIFO is 8 | ||
0 = Not full. | ||
1 = Full. | ||
This bit is read only | ||
[12] | RXEMPTY | Receiving FIFO Empty |
This bit reflect data word number in the receiving FIFO is zero | ||
0 = Empty. | ||
1 = Not empty. | ||
This bit is read only. | ||
[16] | TXUDF | Transmitting FIFO Underflow Flag |
When the transmitting FIFO is empty and shift logic hardware read data from the data FIFO causes this set to "1". | ||
0 = No underflow. | ||
1 = Underflow. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1. | ||
[17] | TXOVF | Transmit FIFO Overflow Flag |
Write data to the transmitting FIFO when it is full and this bit will set to "1" | ||
0 = No overflow. | ||
1 = Overflow. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1. | ||
[18] | TXTHF | Transmitting FIFO Threshold Flag |
When data word(s) in the transmitting FIFO is equal to or lower than threshold value set in TXTH[2:0],the TXTHF bit becomes to "1". | ||
It keeps at 1 till TX_LEVEL[3:0] is higher than TXTH[1:0] after software writes data into the TXFIFO register. | ||
0 = Data word(s) in transmitting FIFO is higher than threshold level. | ||
1 = Data word(s) in transmitting FIFO is equal to or lower than threshold level. | ||
This bit is read only | ||
[19] | TXFULL | Transmitting FIFO Full |
This bit reflect data word number in the transmitting FIFO is 8 | ||
0 = Full. | ||
1 = Not full. | ||
This bit is read only | ||
[20] | TXEMPTY | Transmitting FIFO Empty |
This bit reflect data word number in the transmitting FIFO is zero | ||
0 = Empty. | ||
1 = Not empty. | ||
This bit is read only. | ||
[21] | TXBUSY | Transmitting Busy |
This bit is cleared to 0 when all data in the transmitting FIFO and shift buffer is shifted out. | ||
Set this bit to 1 when 1st data is loading to shift buffer. | ||
0 = Transmit shift buffer is empty. | ||
1 = Transmit shift buffer is busy. | ||
This bit is read only. | ||
[22] | RZCF | Right Channel Zero Cross Flag |
It indicates the data sign of right channel next sample data is changed or all data bits are zero. | ||
0 = No zero cross. | ||
1 = Right channel zero cross is detected. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1. | ||
[23] | LZCF | Left Channel Zero Cross Flag |
It indicates the next sample data sign bit of left channel is changed or all data bits are zero. | ||
0 = No zero cross. | ||
1 = Left channel zero cross is detected. | ||
This bit is cleared by writing 1. | ||
[27:24] | RX_LEVEL | Receive FIFO Level |
These bits indicate the number of word(s) in the receiving FIFO | ||
[31:28] | TX_LEVEL | Transmitting FIFO Level |
These bits indicate the number of word(s) in the transmitting FIFO |
Definition at line 4786 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SPI_T::STATUS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RX_EMPTY | Received FIFO_EMPTY Status |
0 = Received data FIFO is not empty in the dual FIFO mode. | ||
1 = Received data FIFO is empty in the dual FIFO mode. | ||
[1] | RX_FULL | Received FIFO_FULL Status |
0 = Received data FIFO is not full in dual FIFO mode. | ||
1 = Received data FIFO is full in the dual FIFO mode. | ||
[2] | TX_EMPTY | Transmitted FIFO_EMPTY Status |
0 = Transmitted data FIFO is not empty in the dual FIFO mode. | ||
1 =Transmitted data FIFO is empty in the dual FIFO mode. | ||
[3] | TX_FULL | Transmitted FIFO_FULL Status |
0 = Transmitted data FIFO is not full in the dual FIFO mode. | ||
1 = Transmitted data FIFO is full in the dual FIFO mode. | ||
[4] | LTRIG_FLAG | Level Trigger Accomplish Flag |
In Slave mode, this bit indicates whether the received bit number meets the requirement or not after the current transaction done. | ||
0 = The transferred bit length of one transaction does not meet the specified requirement. | ||
1 = The transferred bit length meets the specified requirement which defined in TX_BIT_LEN. | ||
Note: This bit is READ only. | ||
As the software sets the GO_BUSY bit to 1, the LTRIG_FLAG will be cleared to 0 after 4 SPI engine clock periods plus 1 system clock period. | ||
In FIFO mode, this bit is unmeaning. | ||
[6] | SLV_START_INTSTS | Slave Start Interrupt Status |
It is used to dedicate that the transfer has started in Slave mode with no slave select. | ||
0 = Slave started transfer no active. | ||
1 = Transfer has started in Slave mode with no slave select. | ||
It is auto clear by transfer done or writing one clear. | ||
[7] | INTSTS | Interrupt Status |
0 = Transfer is not finished yet. | ||
1 = Transfer is done. The interrupt is requested when the INTEN bit is enabled. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to this bit. | ||
[8] | RXINT_STS | RX FIFO Threshold Interrupt Status (Read Only) |
0 = RX valid data counts small or equal than RXTHRESHOLD. | ||
1 = RX valid data counts bigger than RXTHRESHOLD. | ||
Note: If RXINT_EN = 1 and RX_INTSTS = 1, SPI will generate interrupt. | ||
[9] | RX_OVER_RUN | RX FIFO Over Run Status |
If SPI receives data when RX FIFO is full, this bit will set to 1, and the received data will dropped. | ||
Note: This bit will be cleared by writing 1 to itself. | ||
[10] | TXINT_STS | TX FIFO Threshold Interrupt Status (Read Only) |
0 = TX valid data counts bigger than TXTHRESHOLD. | ||
1 = TX valid data counts small or equal than TXTHRESHOLD. | ||
[12] | TIME_OUT_STS | TIMEOUT Interrupt Flag |
0 = There is not timeout event on the received buffer. | ||
1 = RX FIFO is not empty and there is not be read over the 64 SPI_CLK period in master mode and over the 576 ECLK period in slave mode. | ||
When the received FIFO is read by user, the timeout status will be cleared automatically. | ||
Note: This bit will be cleared by writing 1 to itself. | ||
[19:16] | RX_FIFO_CNT | Data counts in RX FIFO (Read Only) |
[23:20] | TX_FIFO_CNT | Data counts in TX FIFO (Read Only) |
Definition at line 9346 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t WWDT_T::STS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | IF | WWDT Compare Match Interrupt Flag |
When WWCMP match the WWDT counter, then this bit is set to 1. | ||
This bit will be cleared by software write 1 to this bit. | ||
[1] | RF | WWDT Reset Flag |
When WWDT counter down count to 0 or write WWDTRLD during WWDT counter larger than WINCMP, chip will be reset and this bit is set to 1. | ||
Software can write 1 to clear this bit to 0. |
Definition at line 11538 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DAC_T::STS0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | DACIFG | DAC Interrupt Flag |
0 = No interrupt pending. | ||
1 = Interrupt pending. | ||
Note: This bit is read only. | ||
[1] | DACSTFG | DAC Start Flag |
0 = DAC is not start yet. | ||
1 = DAC has been started. | ||
Note: this bit is read only. | ||
[2] | BUSY | BUSY Bit |
0 = DAC is not busy. | ||
1 = DAC is busy. |
Definition at line 1540 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DAC_T::STS1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | DACIFG | DAC Interrupt Flag |
0 = No interrupt pending. | ||
1 = Interrupt pending. | ||
Note: This bit is read only. | ||
[1] | DACSTFG | DAC Start Flag |
0 = DAC is not start yet. | ||
1 = DAC has been started. | ||
Note: this bit is read only. | ||
[2] | BUSY | BUSY Bit |
0 = DAC is not busy. | ||
1 = DAC is busy. |
Definition at line 1603 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::TAR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | 1SEC | 1 Sec Time Digit of Alarm Setting (0~9) |
[6:4] | 10SEC | 10 Sec Time Digit of Alarm Setting (0~5) |
[11:8] | 1MIN | 1 Min Time Digit of Alarm Setting (0~9) |
[14:12] | 10MIN | 10 Min Time Digit of Alarm Setting (0~5) |
[19:16] | 1HR | 1 Hour Time Digit of Alarm Setting (0~9) |
[21:20] | 10HR | 10 Hour Time Digit of Alarm Setting (0~2) |
Definition at line 7918 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t TIMER_T::TCAP |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[23:0] | CAP | Timer Capture Data Register |
When TCAP_EN is set, TCAP_MODE is 0, and the transition of external pin matches the TCAP_EDGE setting, the value of 24-bit up-counting timer will be saved into register TMRx_TCAP. | ||
User can read this register for the counter value. |
Definition at line 9989 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t PDMA_T::TCR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[15:0] | PDMA_TCR | PDMA Timer Count Setting Register |
Each PDMA channel contains an internal counter. | ||
The internal counter loads the value of PDAM_TCR and starts counting down when setting PDMA_CSRx [TO_EN] register. | ||
PDMA will request interrupt when this internal counter reaches zero and PDMA_IERx[TO_IE] is high. | ||
This internal counter will reload and start counting when completing each peripheral request service. |
Definition at line 6109 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t SC_T::TDRA |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[23:0] | TDR0 | Timer0 Current Data Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the current count values of timer0. |
Definition at line 8869 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t SC_T::TDRB |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | TDR1 | Timer1 Current Data Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the current count values of timer1. | ||
[15:8] | TDR2 | Timer2 Current Data Register (Read Only) |
This field indicates the current count values of timer2. |
Definition at line 8883 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SYS_T::TEMPCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | VTEMP_EN | Temperature Sensor Enable |
0 = Temperature sensor function Disabled (default). | ||
1 = Temperature sensor function Enabled. |
Definition at line 2171 of file Nano100Series.h.
__O uint32_t SC_T::THR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | THR | Transmit Buffer |
By writing to this register, the SC sends out an 8-bit data through the TX pin (LSB first). |
Definition at line 8300 of file Nano100Series.h.
__O uint32_t { ... } ::THR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | THR | Transmit Buffer |
By writing to this register, the SC sends out an 8-bit data through the TX pin (LSB first). |
Definition at line 8300 of file Nano100Series.h.
__O uint32_t UART_T::THR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | THR | Transmit Buffer |
By writing to this register, the UART sends out an 8-bit data through the TX pin (LSB first). |
Definition at line 10128 of file Nano100Series.h.
__O uint32_t { ... } ::THR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | THR | Transmit Buffer |
By writing to this register, the UART sends out an 8-bit data through the TX pin (LSB first). |
Definition at line 10128 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::TLCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[1:0] | DATA_LEN | Data Length |
00 = 5 bits. | ||
01 = 6 bits. | ||
10 = 7 bits. | ||
11 = 8 bits. | ||
[2] | NSB | Number Of STOP Bit Length |
1 = 1.5 "STOP bit" is generated in the transmitted data when 5-bit word length is selected, and 2 STOP bit" is generated when 6, 7 and 8 bits data length is selected. | ||
0 = 1 " STOP bit" is generated in the transmitted data. | ||
[3] | PBE | Parity Bit Enable |
1 = Parity bit is generated or checked bet"een the "last data"word "it" and "stop bit" of the serial data. | ||
0 = Parity bit is not generated (transmitting data) or checked (receiving data) during transfer. | ||
[4] | EPE | Even Parity Enable |
1 = Even number of logic 1's are transmitted or check the data word and parity bits in receiving mode. | ||
0 = Odd number of logic 1's are transmitted or check the data word and parity bits in receiving mode. | ||
Note: This bit has effect only when PBE bit (parity bit enable) is set. | ||
[5] | SPE | Stick Parity Enable |
1 = When bits PBE, EPE and SPE are set, the parity bit is transmitted and checked as "0". | ||
When PBE and SPE are set and EPE is cleared, the parity bit is transmitted and checked as "1". | ||
In RS-485 mode, PBE, EPE and SPE can control bit 9. | ||
0 = Stick parity Disabled. | ||
[6] | BCB | Break Control Bit |
When this bit is set to logic "1", the serial data output (TX) is forced to the Spacing State (logic "0"). | ||
This bit acts only on TX pin and has no effect on the transmitter logic. | ||
[9:8] | RFITL | RX-FIFO Interrupt (INT_RDA) Trigger Level |
When the number of bytes in the receiving FIFO is equal to the RFITL then the RDA_IF will be set (if IER [RDA_IEN] is enabled, an interrupt will be generated) | ||
00 = INTR_RDA Trigger Level 1 byte. | ||
01 = INTR_RDA Trigger Level 4 byte. | ||
10 = INTR_RDA Trigger Level 8 byte. | ||
11 = INTR_RDA Trigger Level 14 byte. | ||
Note: When operating in IrDA mode or RS-485 mode, the RFITL must be set to "0". | ||
[13:12] | RTS_TRI_LEV | RTSn Trigger Level (For Auto-Flow Control Use) |
00 = Trigger level 1 byte. | ||
01 = Trigger level 4 bytes. | ||
10 = Trigger level 8 bytes. | ||
11 = Trigger level 14 bytes. | ||
Note: This field is used for auto RTSn flow control. |
Definition at line 10233 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::TLR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[3:0] | 1SEC | 1 Sec Time Digit (0~9) |
[6:4] | 10SEC | 10 Sec Time Digit (0~5) |
[11:8] | 1MIN | 1 Min Time Digit (0~9) |
[14:12] | 10MIN | 10 Min Time Digit (0~5) |
[19:16] | 1HR | 1 Hour Time Digit (0~9) |
[21:20] | 10HR | 10 Hour Time Digit (0~2) |
Definition at line 7854 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::TMCTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[8:0] | TOIC | Time-Out Comparator |
The time-out counter resets and starts counting (the counting clock = baud rate) whenever the RX-FIFO receives a new data word. | ||
Once the content of time-out counter (TOUT_CNT) is equal to time-out interrupt comparator (TOIC), a receiver time-out interrupt (INT_TOUT) is generated if UART_IER [RTO_IEN]. | ||
A new incoming data word or RX-FIFO empty clears INT_TOUT. | ||
Note1: Fill all "0" to this field indicates to disable this function. | ||
Note2: The real time-out value is TOIC + 1. | ||
Note3: The counting clock is baud rate clock. | ||
Note4: The UART data format is start bit + 8 data bits + parity bit + stop bit, although software can configure this field by any value but it is recommend to filled this field great than 0xA. | ||
[23:16] | DLY | TX Delay Time Value |
This field is use to program the transfer delay time between the last stop bit leaving the TX-FIFO and the de-assertion of by setting UART_TMCTL [DLY] register. | ||
Note1: Fill all "0" to this field indicates to disable this function. | ||
Note2: The real delay value is DLY. | ||
Note3: The counting clock is baud rate clock. |
Definition at line 10471 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::TMR0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[23:0] | CNT | Timer 0 Counter Value Register (ETU Base) |
This field indicates the internal timer operation values. | ||
[27:24] | MODE | Timer 0 Operation Mode Selection |
This field indicates the internal 24 bit timer operation selection. |
Definition at line 8799 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::TMR1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | CNT | Timer 1 Counter Value Register (ETU Base) |
This field indicates the internal timer operation values. | ||
[27:24] | MODE | Timer 1 Operation Mode Selection |
This field indicates the internal 8 bit timer operation selection. |
Definition at line 8813 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::TMR2 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[7:0] | CNT | Timer 2 Counter Value Register (ETU Base) |
This field indicates the internal timer operation values. | ||
[27:24] | MODE | Timer 2 Operation Mode Selection |
This field indicates the internal 8 bit timer operation selection. |
Definition at line 8827 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::TOUT |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | TOUTEN | Time-Out Counter Enable/Disable |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
When set this bit to enable, the 14 bits time-out counter will start counting when STAINTSTS is cleared. | ||
Setting flag STAINTSTS to high or the falling edge of I2C clock or stop signal will reset counter and re-start up counting after STAINTSTS is cleared. | ||
[1] | DIV4 | Time-Out Counter Input Clock Divider By 4 |
0 = Disabled. | ||
1 = Enabled. | ||
When this bit is set enabled, the Time-Out period is prolonging 4 times. |
Definition at line 4323 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::TRSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RX_OVER_F | RX Overflow Error Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set when RX buffer overflow. | ||
If the number of received bytes is greater than RX Buffer (SC_RBR) size, 4 bytes of SC, this bit will be set. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: The overwrite data will be ignored. | ||
[1] | RX_EMPTY_F | Receiver Buffer Empty Status Flag(Read Only) |
This bit indicates RX buffer empty or not. | ||
When the last byte of RX buffer has been read by CPU, hardware sets this bit high. | ||
It will be cleared when SC receives any new data. | ||
[2] | RX_FULL_F | Receiver Buffer Full Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit indicates RX buffer full or not. | ||
This bit is set when RX pointer is equal to 4, otherwise it is cleared by hardware. | ||
[4] | RX_EPA_F | Receiver Parity Error Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" whenever the received character does not have a valid "parity bit". | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: If CPU sets receiver retries function by setting SC_CTL [RX_ERETRY_EN] register, hardware will not set this flag. | ||
[5] | RX_EFR_F | Receiver Frame Error Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" whenever the received character does not have a valid "stop bit" (that is, the stop bit following the last data bit or parity bit is detected as a logic "0"). | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: If CPI sets receiver retries function by setting SC_CTL [RX_ERETRY_EN] register, hardware will not set this flag. | ||
[6] | RX_EBR_F | Receiver Break Error Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to a logic "1" whenever the received data input (RX) held in the "spacing state" (logic "0") is longer than a full word transmission time (that is, the total time of "start bit" + data bits + parity + stop bits). | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: If CPU sets receiver retries function by setting SC_CTL [RX_ERETRY_EN] register, hardware will not set this flag. | ||
[8] | TX_OVER_F | TX Overflow Error Interrupt Status Flag (Read Only) |
If TX buffer is full (TX_FULL_F = "1"), an additional write data to SC_THR will cause this bit to logic "1". | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: The additional write data will be ignored. | ||
[9] | TX_EMPTY_F | Transmit Buffer Empty Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit indicates TX buffer empty or not. | ||
When the last byte of TX buffer has been transferred to Transmitter Shift Register, hardware sets this bit high. | ||
It will be cleared when writing data into SC_THR (TX buffer not empty). | ||
[10] | TX_FULL_F | Transmit Buffer Full Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit indicates TX buffer full or not. | ||
This bit is set when TX pointer is equal to 4, otherwise is cleared by hardware. | ||
[18:16] | RX_POINT_F | Receiver Buffer Pointer Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field indicates the RX buffer pointer status flag. | ||
When SC receives one byte from external device, RX_POINT_F increases one. | ||
When one byte of RX buffer is read by CPU, RX_POINT_F decreases one. | ||
[21] | RX_REERR | Receiver Retry Error (Read Only) |
This bit is set by hardware when RX has any error and retries transfer. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2 This bit is a flag and can not generate any interrupt to CPU. | ||
Note3: If CPU enables receiver retry function by setting SC_CTL [RX_ERETRY_EN] register, the RX_EPA_F flag will be ignored (hardware will not set RX_EPA_F). | ||
[22] | RX_OVER_ERETRY | Receiver Over Retry Error (Read Only) |
This bit is set by hardware when RX transfer error retry over retry number limit. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: If CPU enables receiver retries function by setting SC_CTL [RX_ERETRY_EN] register, the RX_EPA_F flag will be ignored (hardware will not set RX_EPA_F). | ||
[23] | RX_ATV | Receiver In Active Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set by hardware when RX transfer is in active. | ||
This bit is cleared automatically when RX transfer is finished. | ||
[26:24] | TX_POINT_F | Transmit Buffer Pointer Status Flag (Read Only) |
This field indicates the TX buffer pointer status flag. | ||
When CPU writes data into SC_THR, TX_POINT_F increases one. | ||
When one byte of TX Buffer is transferred to transmitter shift register, TX_POINT_F decreases one. | ||
[29] | TX_REERR | Transmitter Retry Error (Read Only) |
This bit is set by hardware when transmitter re-transmits. | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2 This bit is a flag and can not generate any interrupt to CPU. | ||
[30] | TX_OVER_ERETRY | Transmitter Over Retry Error (Read Only) |
This bit is set by hardware when transmitter re-transmits over retry number limitation. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[31] | TX_ATV | Transmit In Active Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set by hardware when TX transfer is in active or the last byte transmission has not completed. | ||
This bit is cleared automatically when TX transfer is finished and the STOP bit (include guard time) has been transmitted. |
Definition at line 8709 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t UART_T::TRSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | RS485_ADDET_F | RS-485 Address Byte Detection Status Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" and set UART_ALT_CTL [RS-485_ADD_EN] whenever in RS-485 mode the receiver detected any address byte character (bit 9 ='1') bit". | ||
This bit is reset whenever the CPU writes "1" to this bit. | ||
Note1: This field is used for RS-485 mode. | ||
Note2: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[1] | ABAUD_F | Auto-Baud Rate Interrupt (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" when auto-baud rate detect function finished. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[2] | ABAUD_TOUT_F | Auto-Baud Rate Time-Out Interrupt (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" in Auto-baud Rate Detect mode and the baud rate counter is overflow. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[3] | LIN_TX_F | LIN TX Interrupt Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" when LIN transmitted header field. | ||
The header may be "break field" or "break field + sync field" or "break field + sync field + PID field", it can be choose by setting UART_ALT_CTL[LIN_HEAD_SEL] register. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[4] | LIN_RX_F | LIN RX Interrupt Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" when received LIN header field. | ||
The header may be "break field" or "break field + sync field" or "break field + sync field + PID field", and it can be choose by setting UART_ALT_CTL [LIN_HEAD_SEL] register. | ||
If the field includes "break field", when the receiver received break field then the LIN_RX_F will be set. | ||
The controller will receive next data and put it in FIFO. | ||
If the field includes "break field + sync field", hardware will wait for the flag LIN_RX_F in UART_TRSR to check RX received break field and sync field. | ||
If the break and sync field is received, hardware will set UART_TRSR [LIN_RX_F] flag, and if the break is received but the sync field does not equal 0x55, then hardware will set UART_TRSR [LIN_RX_F] and UART_TRSR [LIN_RX_SYNC_ERR_F] flag. | ||
The break and sync data (equals 0x55 or not) will not be stored in FIFO. | ||
If the field includes "break field + sync field + PID field", In this operation mode, hardware will control data automatically. | ||
Hardware will ignore any data until received break + sync (0x55) + PID value match the UART_ALT_CTL [ADDR_MATCH] value (break + sync + PID will not be stored in FIFO). | ||
When received break + sync (0x55) + PID value match the UART_ALT_CTL [ADDR_MATCH] value, hardware will set UART_TRSR [LIN_RX_F] and the following all data will be accepted and stored in the RX-FIFO until detect next break field. | ||
If the receiver received break + wrong sync (not equal 0x55) + PID value, hardware will set UART_TRSR [LIN_RX_F] and UART_TRSR [LIN_RX_SYNC_ERR_F] flag and the receiver will be disabled. | ||
If the receiver received break + sync (0x55) + wrong PID value, hardware will set UART_TRSR [LIN_RX_F] flag and the receiver will be disabled. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
[5] | BIT_ERR_F | Bit Error Detect Status Flag (Read Only) |
At TX transfer state, hardware will monitoring the bus state, if the input pin (SIN) state is not equal to the output pin (SOUT) state, BIT_ERR_F will be set. | ||
When occur bit error, hardware will generate an interrupt to CPU (INT_LIN). | ||
Note1: This bit is read only, but it can be cleared by writing "1" to it. | ||
Note2: This bit is only valid when enabling the bit error detection function (UART_ALT_CTL [BIT_ERR_EN] = "1"). | ||
[8] | LIN_RX_SYNC_ERR_F | LIN RX SYNC Error Flag (Read Only) |
This bit is set to logic "1" when LIN received incorrect SYNC field. | ||
User can choose the header by setting UART_ALT_CTL [LIN_HEAD_SEL] register. | ||
If the field includes "break field + sync field" and if the sync data does not equal 0x55, the LIN_RX_F and LIN_RX_SYNC_ERR_F will be set and the wrong sync data will be ignored. | ||
The controller will receive next data and put it in FIFO. | ||
If the field includes "break field + sync field + PID field" and if the sync data does not equal 0x55, the LIN_RX_F and LIN_RX_SYNC_ERR_F will be set and the wrong sync data will be ignored. | ||
The controller will receive next data and put it in FIFO. | ||
Note: This bit is read only, but can be cleared by writing "1" to LIN_RX_F. |
Definition at line 10370 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::TSSR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | 24hr_12hr | 24-Hour / 12-Hour Mode Selection |
It indicates that TLR and TAR are in 24-hour mode or 12-hour mode | ||
0 = select 12-hour time scale with AM and PM indication. | ||
1 = select 24-hour time scale. |
Definition at line 7884 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t RTC_T::TTR |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[2:0] | TTR | Time Tick Register |
The RTC time tick period for Periodic Time Tick Interrupt request. | ||
000 = 1 tick/second. | ||
001 = 1/2 tick/second. | ||
010 = 1/4 tick/second. | ||
011 = 1/8 tick/second. | ||
100 = 1/16 tick/second. | ||
101 = 1/32 tick/second. | ||
110 = 1/64 tick/second. | ||
111 = 1/128 tick/second. | ||
Note: This register can be read back after the RTC is active by AER. | ||
[3] | TWKE | RTC Timer Wake-Up CPU Function Enable Bit |
If TWKE is set before CPU enters power-down mode, when a RTC Time Tick, CPU will be wakened up by RTC unit. | ||
0 = Time Tick wake-up CPU function Disabled. | ||
1 = Wake-up function Enabled so that CPU can be waken up from Power-down mode by Time Tick. | ||
Note: Tick timer setting follows the TTR description. |
Definition at line 8020 of file Nano100Series.h.
__O uint32_t SPI_T::TX0 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | TDATA | Transmit Data FIFO Register |
The Data Transmit Registers hold the data to be transmitted in the next transfer. | ||
The number of valid bits depends on the setting of transmit bit length field of the SPI_CTL register. | ||
For example, if TX_BIT_LEN is set to 0x08, the bit SPI_TX[7:0] will be transmitted in next transfer. | ||
If TX_BIT_LEN is set to 0x00, the SPI controller will perform a 32-bit transfer. | ||
Note: When the SPI controller is configured as a slave device and the FIFO mode is disabled, if the SPI controller attempts to transmit data to a master, the software must update the transmit data register before setting the GO_BUSY bit to 1 |
Definition at line 9463 of file Nano100Series.h.
__O uint32_t SPI_T::TX1 |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | TDATA | Transmit Data FIFO Register |
The Data Transmit Registers hold the data to be transmitted in the next transfer. | ||
The number of valid bits depends on the setting of transmit bit length field of the SPI_CTL register. | ||
For example, if TX_BIT_LEN is set to 0x08, the bit SPI_TX[7:0] will be transmitted in next transfer. | ||
If TX_BIT_LEN is set to 0x00, the SPI controller will perform a 32-bit transfer. | ||
Note: When the SPI controller is configured as a slave device and the FIFO mode is disabled, if the SPI controller attempts to transmit data to a master, the software must update the transmit data register before setting the GO_BUSY bit to 1 |
Definition at line 9479 of file Nano100Series.h.
__O uint32_t I2S_T::TXFIFO |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | TXFIFO | Transmitting FIFO Register |
I2S contains 8 words (8x32-bit) data buffer for data transmitting. | ||
Write data to this register in order to prepare data for transmitting. | ||
The remaining word number is indicated by TX_LEVEL[3:0] in the I2S_STATUS register. | ||
This register is write only. |
Definition at line 4801 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SC_T::UACTL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | UA_MODE_EN | UART Mode Enable |
0 = Smart Card mode. | ||
1 = UART mode. | ||
Note1: When operating in UART mode, user must set SCx_CTL [CON_SEL] and SCx_CTL [AUTO_CON_EN] to "0". | ||
Note2: When operating in smart card mode, user must set SCx_UACTL [7:0] register to "0". | ||
Note3: When UART is enabled, hardware will generate a reset to reset internal buffer and internal state machine. | ||
[5:4] | DATA_LEN | Data Length |
00 = 8 bits | ||
01 = 7 bits | ||
10 = 6 bits | ||
11 = 5 bits | ||
Note: In Smart Card mode, this field must be '00' | ||
[6] | PBDIS | Parity Bit Disable |
0 = Parity bit is generated or checked between the "last data word bit" and "stop bit" of the serial data. | ||
1 = Parity bit is not generated (transmitting data) or checked (receiving data) during transfer. | ||
Note: In Smart Card mode, this field must be '0' (default setting is with parity bit) | ||
[7] | OPE | Odd Parity Enable |
0 = Even number of logic 1's are transmitted or check the data word and parity bits in receiving mode. | ||
1 = Odd number of logic 1's are transmitted or check the data word and parity bits in receiving mode. | ||
Note: This bit has effect only when PBDIS bit is '0'. |
Definition at line 8857 of file Nano100Series.h.
__I uint32_t WWDT_T::VAL |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[5:0] | VAL | WWDT Counter Value |
This register reflects the counter value of window watchdog. This register is read only |
Definition at line 11550 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t SPI_T::VARCLK |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | VARCLK | Variable Clock Pattern Flag |
The value in this field is the frequency patterns of the SPICLK. | ||
If the bit pattern of VARCLK is '0', the output frequency of SPICLK is according the value of DIVIDER1. | ||
If the bit patterns of VARCLK are '1', the output frequency of SPICLK is according the value of DIVIDER2. | ||
Note: It is used for CLKP = 0 only. |
Definition at line 9496 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t DMA_CRC_T::WDATA |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[31:0] | CRC_WDATA | CRC Write Data Register |
When operating in CPU PIO (CRC_CTL [CRCCEN] = 1, CRC_CTL [TRIG_EN] = 0) mode, software can write data to this field to perform CRC operation;. | ||
When operating in CRC DMA mode (CRC_CTL [CRCCEN] = 1, CRC_CTL [TRIG_EN] = 0), this field will be used for DMA internal buffer. | ||
Note1: When operating in CRC DMA mode, so don't filled any data in this field. | ||
Note2:The CRC_CTL [WDATA_COM] and CRC_CTL [WDATA_RVS] bit setting will affected this field; For example, if WDATA_RVS = 1, if the write data in CRC_WDATA register is 0xAABBCCDD, the read data from CRC_WDATA register will be 0x55DD33BB |
Definition at line 5730 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t CLK_T::WK_INTSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | PD_WK_IS | Wake-Up Interrupt Status In Chip Power-Down Mode |
This bit indicates that some event resumes chip from Power-down mode | ||
The status is set if external interrupts, UART, GPIO, RTC, USB, SPI, Timer, WDT, and BOD wake-up occurred. | ||
Write 1 to clear this bit. |
Definition at line 1203 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::WKUPCON |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | WKUPEN | I2C Wake-Up Function Enable |
0 = I2C wake-up function Disabled. | ||
1 = I2C wake-up function Enabled. |
Definition at line 4434 of file Nano100Series.h.
__IO uint32_t I2C_T::WKUPSTS |
Bits | Field | Descriptions |
---|---|---|
[0] | WKUPIF | Wake-Up Interrupt Flag |
0 = Wake-up flag inactive. | ||
1 = Wake-up flag active. | ||
Software can write 1 to clear this flag |
Definition at line 4448 of file Nano100Series.h.